You are on page 1of 201

Service

Repair Manual
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool
Engine ID AWP AWW AWD

Edition 09.06

Service Department. Technical Information


Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group
ST - Generic Scan Tool
20 - Fuel Supply
21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
26 - Exhaust System, Emission Controls
28 - Ignition/Glow Plug System
38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Contents

ST - Generic Scan Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1


1 OBD, General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Generic Scan Tool Manual Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 OBD Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.3 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.4 CAN Data Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.5 Electronic Power Control Warning Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 Diagnostic Mode, Selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1 Diagnostic Modes Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.2 Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.3 Diagnostic Mode 02 - Read Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.5 Diagnostic Trouble Code Memory, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.7 Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Oxygen Sensor Monitoring Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.8 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific Diagnostic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.9 Diagnostic Mode 07 - Read Faults Detected During the Current or Last Driving Cycle . . . . 15
2.10 Diagnostic Mode 08 - Request Control of On-Board System, Test or Component . . . . . . 16
2.11 Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3 General Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1 Preliminary Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
4 Readiness Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
4.1 Readiness Code Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5 Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5.1 SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5.2 SAE P1xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
5.3 SAE P2xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

20 - Fuel Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
1 Fuel Supply System, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
1.1 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
1.2 Clean Working Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
1.3 Fuel Pump Electrical, Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
1.4 Fuel Pressure, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
1.5 Fuel Pump, Checking Delivery Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
2 EVAP System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
2.1 EVAP System, Detecting Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
2.2 EVAP System, Checking for Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
2.3 EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
2.4 Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3 Electronic Engine Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.1 Electronic Power Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.2 Throttle Position Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185, Checking
........................................................................ 72

21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
1 Turbocharger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
1.1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
1.2 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
1.3 Clean Working Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
1.4 Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
1.5 Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Contents i
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

2 Charge Air System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83


2.1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.2 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.3 Clean Working Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
2.4 Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87


1 Fuel Injection System, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
1.1 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
1.2 Clean Working Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
1.3 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2 Components, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
2.1 Heated Oxygen Sensor G39 before Catalytic Converter, Checking Heater Circuit . . . . . . 90
2.2 Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter G130, Checking Heater Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
2.3 Mass Air Flow Sensor G70, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
2.4 Throttle Valve Control Module J338, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
2.5 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor G62, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
2.6 Intake Air Temperature Sensor G42, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
2.7 Engine Speed Sensor G28, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
2.8 Fuel Injectors N30, N31, N32, and N33, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
3 Functions, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.1 Heated Oxygen Sensor G39 and Oxygen Sensor Regulation before Catalytic Converter,
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.2 Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter G130, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
4 Engine Control Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
4.1 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
4.2 Voltage Supply, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
4.4 Fuel Pump Relay J17, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
5 Additional Signals, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
5.1 Speed Signal, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
5.2 CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

26 - Exhaust System, Emission Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132


1 Exhaust System, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
1.1 Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
2 Secondary Air Injection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
2.1 Principle and Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
2.2 Combination Valve, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
2.3 Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve N112, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
2.4 Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay J299, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
2.5 Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor V101, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

28 - Ignition/Glow Plug System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144


1 Ignition System, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
1.1 Ignition System, General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
1.2 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
1.3 Test Data, Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
1.4 Camshaft Position Sensor G40, Engine Codes AWP and AWW, and Camshaft Position
Sensor 2 G163, Engine Code AWD, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
1.5 Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205, Engine Code AWP, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
1.6 Knock Sensors G61 and G66, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
1.7 Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

ii Contents
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

1 Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Electrical Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157


1.1 Multi-Function Transmission Range Switch F125, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
1.2 Transmission Vehicle Speed Sensor G38, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
1.3 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
1.4 Valve Body Solenoid Valves, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
1.5 Automatic Transmission 09A with Tiptronic, Checking Electrical Components . . . . . . . . . . 167
2 Transmission Control Module J217 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
2.1 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
2.2 Transmission Control Module, Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Voltage Supply . . 183
2.3 Transmission Control Module, Automatic Transmission 09A, Checking Voltage Supply . . 185
2.4 Transmission Control Module J217, Automatic Transmission 01M, Replacing . . . . . . . . . . 187
2.5 Transmission Control Module J217, Automatic Transmission 09A, Replacing . . . . . . . . . . 188
3 Automatic Transmission, Additional Signals, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
3.1 Transmission Control Module J217 CAN-Bus, Terminal Resistance, Checking . . . . . . . . 190

Contents iii
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

iv Contents
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

ST – Generic Scan Tool


1 OBD, General Information
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “1.1 Generic Scan Tool Manual Contents”, page 1 .
⇒ “1.2 OBD Systems”, page 1 .
⇒ “1.3 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Illumination”, page 1 .
⇒ “1.4 CAN Data Link”, page 2 .
⇒ “1.5 Electronic Power Control Warning Lamp”, page 2 .

1.1 Generic Scan Tool Manual Contents


”GST” is an acronym for Generic Scan Tool Manual.
Included in the contents of this GST manual is a summary table
of the vehicle specific OBD II Emission Related Engine and
Transmission DTCs. This table contains all necessary Malfunc‐
tion Criteria, Threshold Values, Secondary Parameters, Enabling
Conditions, Monitoring Time Length, Frequency of Checks, and
MIL Illumination to accurately monitor and diagnose the Engine
Emissions and Transmission and perform all functions required
to run Modes 01 through 09 with a hand held scan tool. For a
further description of the monitor strategies, a document refer‐
ence has been provided throughout this GST manual to the
applicable OBD System Strategy document.
This GST manual also contains the step by step pin point test
procedures to accurately diagnose the suspected component or
system once a DTC has been set. All references to repair proce‐
dures and wiring diagrams will be found within the diagnostic test
procedure.

1.2 OBD Systems


OBD II
”OBD” is an acronym for the On Board Diagnostic System.
California OBD II applies to all gasoline engine vehicles up to
14,000 lbs. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) starting in the
1996 MY and all diesel engine vehicles up to 14,000 lbs. GVWR
starting in the 1997 MY.
Several states in the Northeastern United States have chosen to
adopt the California emission regulations starting in the 1998 MY
and are known as "Green States".
Green States receive California-certified vehicles for passenger
cars and light trucks up to 6,000 lbs. GVWR. Starting in the 2004
MY, Federal vehicle over 8,500 lbs. will start phasing in OBD II.
Starting in 2004 MY, gasoline-fueled Medium Duty Passenger
Vehicles (MDPVs) are required to have OBD II. Federal OBD II
applies to all gasoline engine vehicles up to 8,500 lbs. GVWR
starting in the 1996 MY and all diesel engine vehicles up to 8,500
lbs. GVWR starting in the 1997 MY.
OBD II system implementation and operation is described in the
remainder of this document.

1.3 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Illumination


”MIL” is an acronym for the Malfunction Indicator Lamp.

1. OBD, General Information 1


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

If the ECM recognizes a malfunction that leads to increased emis‐


sions values, it indicates them by lighting the MIL which is located
in the instrument cluster.
The ECM switches on the MIL after the ignition is switched on.
Shortly after the engine is started, The MIL goes out if the ECM
does not detect a malfunction that increases the emissions val‐
ues.
If the ECM recognizes a malfunction that leads to increased emis‐
sions during the operation of the engine, the ECM switches on
the MIL and an entry is stored in the DTC memory of the ECM.

1.4 CAN Data Link


”CAN” is an acronym for Controller Area Network.
The ECM communicates with all databus capable control mod‐
ules by a CAN Data Link.
The databus capable control modules (i.e. Engine Coolant tem‐
perature Sensor) are connected by two data bus wires which are
twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange in‐
formation (messages) to the ECM. Missing information on the
databus is then recognized and stored as a malfunction.
The ECM illuminates the MIL through the CAN data link and tells
the MIL to turn on, turn off, or blink.

1.5 Electronic Power Control Warning Lamp


”EPC” is an acronym that stands for the Electronic Power Control
(E-gas).
The ECM monitors all EPC components after the ignition is
switched on.
If a malfunction is recognized in the EPC system during the op‐
eration of the engine, the ECM switches on the EPC which is
located in the instrument cluster and an entry is stored in the DTC
memory of the ECM.

2 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

2 Diagnostic Mode, Selecting


Selectable diagnostic modes
. ⇒ “2.1 Diagnostic Modes Description”, page 3
⇒ “2.2 Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data”, page 3
. ⇒ “2.3 Diagnostic Mode 02 - Read Operating Conditions”, page 4
. ⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5
. ⇒ “2.5 Diagnostic Trouble Code Memory, Checking”, page 6
. ⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
. ⇒ “2.7 Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Oxygen Sensor Monitoring Test Results”, page 7
. ⇒ “2.8 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific Diagnostic Functions”, page 10
. ⇒ “2.9 Diagnostic Mode 07 - Read Faults Detected During the Current or Last Driving Cycle”, page 15
⇒ “2.10 Diagnostic Mode 08 - Request Control of On-Board System, Test or Component”, page 16
⇒ “2.11 Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle Information”, page 17

2.1 Diagnostic Modes Description


The information provided in Modes 01 through 09 displays the
various levels of emission related data that may be monitored, as
well as the ability to retrieve and read stored DTC trouble codes ,
erase stored DTC trouble codes, generate readiness codes, and
select the various PIDs and Test-IDs used within the modes to
monitor the engine, and emission related component parameters.
The following table provides a link to all diagnostic modes that
monitor all components and systems which influence the emis‐
sion quality.

Note

Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information dis‐


played may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID
(TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-Board Diagnostic Moni‐
tor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no name at all and be refer‐
enced by only a number.

2.2 Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current Sys‐


tem Data
Diagnostic Mode 01 makes it possible to access current emis‐
sions-related measured values and diagnostic data. The original
measured values (no replacement values), input and output data
and system status information are displayed using Diagnostic
Mode 1.
Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information dis‐
played in diagnostic mode 01 may be referred to by different
names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-
Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no
name at all and be referenced by only a number.
Test requirement
• Coolant temperature at least 80° C.
Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.

2. Diagnostic Mode, Selecting 3


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Select “Diagnostic Mode 1: Obtain data.”.


– From the following table, select the desired the “PID” that is to
be monitored, e.g. “PID 05-Coolant temperature”.
The current values of the component or system that is being
monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
PID Component or System
01: Monitoring status since erasing DTC memory
03: Condition of fuel system
04: Calculated load condition value
05: Coolant temperature
06: Short term gasoline-air ratio bank 1
07: Gasoline-air ratio bank 1
12: Engine rotations per minute (RPM)
13: Vehicle speed
14: Valve timing adjustment at 1. cyl. to "advance"
15: Intake air temperature (IAT)
16: Air flow quantity at Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
17: Throttle valve position (absolute)
18: Availability status of secondary air
19: Component location of oxygen sensors
21: Bank 1 - sensor 2
28: OBD request is designed for diagnostic of this vehicle

– Switch the ignition off.


– End of diagnosis.

2.3 Diagnostic Mode 02 - Read Operating


Conditions
When an emissions-related fault (pending DTC, visible in mode
07) is first detected, operating conditions are stored. Mode 02
makes it possible to access this freeze frame data as soon as this
fault is shown in mode 03. Each control module only shows freeze
frame data for one fault via mode 02. Therefore, there are two
priority levels. If there is a malfunction with higher priority, the
freeze frame data is overwritten.
– Fault with higher priority: Misfire malfunction or fuel trim mal‐
function.
– Fault with normal priority: All other emissions-related faults.
Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information dis‐
played in diagnostic mode 02 may be referred to by different
names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-
Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no
name at all and be referenced by only a number.
Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.

4 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Note

If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at
least 5 seconds, do not switch the ignition off afterward under any
circumstances.

– Select “Diagnostic Mode 2: Obtain operating conditions.”.


– From the following table, select the desired the “PID”, e.g. “PID
05-Coolant temperature” that is to be monitored.
The current values of the component or system that is being
monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
Engine Codes AWP, AWW, AWD
PID Component or System
03: Condition of fuel system
06: Short term gasoline-air ratio bank 1
07: Gasoline-air ratio bank 1

– Switch the ignition off.


– End of diagnosis.

2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Mem‐


ory
Diagnostic Mode 03 makes it possible to read emissions-related
faults (confirmed DTCs: faults which have activated the MIL) in
the ECM and in the TCM.
When the Engine Control Module (ECM) recognizes an emission
related fault it turns on the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) or if
a Electronic Throttle Malfunction is recognized, the Engine Con‐
trol Module (ECM) turns on the Electronic Power Control (EPC)
Warning Lamp which are both located in the instrument cluster.
The DTC's are sorted by SAE code with the DTC tables consisting
of a 5-digit alpha-numeric value.
Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information dis‐
played in diagnostic mode 03 may be referred to by different
names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-
Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no
name at all and be referenced by only a number.
The following tables provide a breakdown and explanation of the
DTC code.
P-Codes
Component group
P x x x x DTC for the drivetrain
Norm-Code
P 0 x x x Trouble codes defined by SAE with specified
malfunction texts
P 1 x x x Additional emission relevant DTCs provided
by the manufacturer
P 2 x x x DTCs defined by SAE with specified texts,
from MY 2000
P 3 x x x Additional emission relevant DTCs provided
by the manufacturer from MY 2000

2. Diagnostic Mode, Selecting 5


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Component group
Repair group
P x 0 x x Fuel and air mixture and additional emission
regulations
P x 1 x x Fuel and air ratios
P x 2 x x Fuel and air ratios
P x 3 x x Ignition system
P x 4 x x Additional exhaust system
P x 5 x x Speed and idle control
P x 6 x x Control module and output signals
P x 7 x x Transmission
P x 8 x x Transmission
P x 9 x x Control modules, input and output signals

U-Codes
Component group
U x x x x DTC for network (CAN bus)
Norm-Code
U 0 x x x Trouble codes defined by SAE with specified
malfunction texts

2.5 Diagnostic Trouble Code Memory,


Checking
Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition to the “ON” position.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory ”.
– The stored DTC or DTC's will be displayed on the scan tool
screen.
The following table is an example of the DTC information that may
be displayed on the scan tool screen:
Indication example Explanation
P0444 SAE Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Malfunctioning wiring path or malfunctioning compo‐
Purge Regulator Valve nent
Circuit Open Malfunction type as next

– Refer to the following DTC tables for the diagnostic repair pro‐
cedure:
♦ ⇒ “5.1 SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes”, page 22 .
♦ ⇒ “5.2 SAE P1xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes”, page 43 .
♦ ⇒ “5.3 SAE P2xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes”, page 55 .
– Switch the ignition off.

6 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

End of diagnosis.

2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Mem‐


ory
Diagnostic Mode 04 makes it possible to erase the DTC memory
and to reset all emissions-related diagnostic data. In that way, all
faults in the DTC memory in the ECM and TCM are erased. The
adaptation values may also be reset.
Emissions-related diagnostic data includes (as applicable):
♦ - MIL Status
♦ - Number of DTCs
♦ - Readiness Bits
♦ - Confirmed DTCs
♦ - Pending DTCs
♦ - DTC that belongs to freeze frame
♦ - Freeze frame data
♦ - Test results of specific diagnostic functions
♦ - Distance driven with “MIL ON”
♦ - Number of Warm-Up Cycles after erasing the DTC memory
♦ - Distance driven after erasing the DTC memory
♦ - Misfire counter
Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information dis‐
played in diagnostic mode 04 may be referred to by different
names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-
Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no
name at all and be referenced by only a number.
Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory ”.
– Then select “Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic
Data”.
The scan tool will display: “Diagnostic data are being erased”.
– Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis.

2.7 Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Oxygen


Sensor Monitoring Test Results

Note

Mode 05 may not be supported on all systems. On systems where


Diagnostic Mode 05 is not supported, refer to Diagnostic Mode 6
for Oxygen Sensor Monitoring Test Results.

The min & max values for each individual test in Mode 05 repre‐
sent the min & max operating values for a properly operating
system. This data is provided to the individual aftermarket scan
tool companies for development of their scan tool. Depending on
the scan tool being used, the min & max values shown may vary,
or be rounded up or down to the nearest decimal point depending

2. Diagnostic Mode, Selecting 7


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

on the aftermarket scan tool company's development process.


e.g.:
Minimum Value
GST Manual documentation 0.3499
Aftermarket Scan Tool display 0.35
Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information
displayed in Diagnostic Mode 06 may be referred to by different
names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-
Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no
name at all and may be referenced by only a number.
Test requirements
• Exhaust system must be properly sealed between the catalytic
converter and the cylinder heads.
• No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
• Coolant temperature at least 80° C.
Work procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.

Note

If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at
least 5 seconds, do not switch the ignition off afterward under any
circumstances.

– Select “Diagnostic Mode 05 - Check Lambda Test Results.”.


– Select the desired “Test-ID” of the component or system that
is to be monitored, e.g. “Test-ID 01: Oxygen Sensor Monitor
Bank 1 - Sensor 1”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID”.
The current minimum and maximum values will be displayed on
the scan tool screen.
The following table is a numerical list of all“Test-IDs” or “Hex-IDs”
that may be selected.
Test-ID (Hex-ID) Component or System
Test-ID 01 ($01) ⇒ page 8 Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
Test-ID 02 ($02) ⇒ page 9 Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2

Test-ID 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1


– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 05 - Check Lambda Test Results”.
Select “Test-ID 01 ($01) ”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.

8 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information


(TID)
(Hex-ID)
129 — Oxygen sensor current value. 0.7 1.99 —
($81) For additional information, refer
to the Bosch Motronic ME 7.5
OBD System Strategy. Page 33.
130 — Control threshold. For additional 0.7 1.99 —
($82) information, refer to the Bosch
Motronic ME 7.5 OBD System
Strategy. Page 33.
131 P0133 Dynamic value. Dynamic test 0 4 Refer to DTC P0133 in the
($83) reduced threshold. For addition‐ DTC summary table.
al information, refer to the Bosch ⇒ page 23 .
Motronic ME 7.5 OBD System
Strategy. Page 33.
132 P1176 Delta offset. For additional infor‐ -0.05 0.05 Refer to DTC P1176 in the
($84) mation, refer to the Bosch Mo‐ DTC summary table.
tronic ME 7.5 OBD System ⇒ page 46 .
Strategy. Page 33.

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐


ues. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 to
check for stored DTC's or the corresponding diagnostic repair
procedure .
– Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis.
Test-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 05 - Check Lambda Test Results”.
Select “Test-ID 02 ($02)”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(TID)
(Hex-ID)
01 ($01) — Voltage threshold from rich to 652 mV — —
lean (fixed value). For additional
information, refer to the Bosch
Motronic ME 7.5 OBD System
Strategy. Page 33.
02 ($02) — Voltage threshold from lean to 652 mV — —
rich (fixed value). For additional
information, refer to the Bosch
Motronic ME 7.5 OBD System
Strategy. Page 33.
07 ($07) — Minimum oxygen sensor volt‐ 0 mV 400 mV —
age value in test. For additional
information, refer to the Bosch
Motronic ME 7.5 OBD System
Strategy. Page 33.

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

2. Diagnostic Mode, Selecting 9


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information


(TID)
(Hex-ID)
08 ($08) P0132 Maximum oxygen sensor volt‐ 500 Mv 1053 Refer to DTC P0132 in the DTC
age value in test. For additional mV summary table. ⇒ page 23 .
information, refer to the Bosch
Motronic ME 7.5 OBD System
Strategy. Page 33.

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐


ues. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 to
check for stored DTC's or the corresponding diagnostic repair
procedure.
– Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis.

2.8 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results


for Specific Diagnostic Functions
Diagnostic Mode 06 makes it possible to retrieve test results for
special components and systems which are continuously or not
continuously monitored. If the diagnosis of a system is complete,
the diagnostic result and the corresponding thresholds are saved
and displayed in mode 06. This data remains saved (even with
the ignition off) until either new diagnostic results become avail‐
able or the DTC memory is erased.
The min & max values for each individual test in Mode 06 repre‐
sent the min & max operating values for a properly operating
system. This data is provided to the individual aftermarket scan
tool companies for development of their scan tool. Depending on
the scan tool being used, the min & max values shown may vary,
or be rounded up or down to the nearest decimal point depending
on the aftermarket scan tool company's development process.
e.g.:
Minimum Value
GST Manual documentation 0.3499
Aftermarket Scan Tool display 0.35
Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information
displayed in Diagnostic Mode 06 may be referred to by different
names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-
Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no
name at all and may be referenced by only a number.
Test requirements
• Exhaust system must be properly sealed between the catalytic
converter and the cylinder heads.
• No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
• Coolant temperature at least 80° C.
Work procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.

10 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Note

If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at
least 5 seconds, do not switch the ignition off afterward under any
circumstances.

– Select “Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Compo‐


nents that are not Continuously Monitored”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID” of the component or system that
is to be monitored, e.g. “Test-ID 01: Oxygen Sensor Monitor
Bank 1 - Sensor 1”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID”.
The current minimum and maximum values will be displayed on
the scan tool screen.
The following table is a numerical list of all“Test-IDs” or “Hex-IDs”
that may be selected.
Test-ID (Hex-ID) Component or System
01 ($01): ⇒ page 11 O2 Sensor in front of Catalytic Converter, (Bank 1- Sen‐
sor 1)
02 ($02): ⇒ page 12 O2 Sensor Behind Catalytic Converter, (Bank 1, Sensor
2)
$03 (03): ⇒ page 13 Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System (Bank 1)
$05 (05): ⇒ page 13 Tank Ventilation System, Tank Vent Valve Function
Check
$05 (05): ⇒ page 14 Tank Ventilation System, Tank Leak Test

Test-ID 01 ($01): Catalytic Conversion (Bank 1)


– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Compo‐
nents that are not Continuously Monitored”.
Select “Test-ID 01 ($01) ”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(TID)
(Hex-ID)
05 ($05) P0422 Catalytic converter monitoring, 1.199 > 0.30 Refer to DTC P0422 in the
Bank 1, Aging value. For addi‐ DTC summary table
tional information, refer to the ⇒ page 28 .
Bosch Motronic ME 7.5 OBD
System Strategy. Page 4.
10 ($0A) P0422 Catalytic converter monitoring, — 0.35 Refer to DTC P0422 in the
Bank 1, Aging value, short test DTC summary table
46. For additional information, ⇒ page 28 .
refer to the Bosch Motronic ME
7.5 OBD System Strategy. Page
4.

2. Diagnostic Mode, Selecting 11


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information


(TID)
(Hex-ID)
08 ($08) P0422 Catalytic converter monitoring — 0.99 Refer to DTC P0422 in the
accumulated range error, Bank DTC summary table
1 Aging value. For additional in‐ ⇒ page 28 .
formation, refer to the Bosch
Motronic ME 7.5 OBD System
Strategy. Page 4.

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐


ues. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 to
check for stored DTC's or the corresponding diagnostic repair
procedure.
– Switch the ignition off.
– End of diagnosis.
Test-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 1
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Compo‐
nents that are not Continuously Monitored”.
Select “Test-ID 02 ($02)”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(TID)
(Hex-ID)
21 ($15) — Oxygen sensor voltage rich be‐ 0.629 — —
hind catalytic converter bank 1.
For additional information, refer
to the Bosch Motronic ME 7.5
OBD System Strategy. Page 33.
23 ($17) — Oxygen sensor voltage lean be‐ — 0.629 —
hind catalytic converter bank 1.
For additional information, refer
to the Bosch Motronic ME 7.5
OBD System Strategy. Page 33.
25 ($19) — Oxygen sensor voltage in decel‐ — 149 mV —
eration behind catalytic convert‐
er bank 1. For additional infor‐
mation, refer to the Bosch
Motronic ME 7.5 OBD System
Strategy. Page 33.
27 ($1B) — Dynamic behind catalytic con‐ 4.16 mV/ — —
verter bank 1. For additional in‐ ms
formation, refer to the Bosch
Motronic ME 7.5 OBD System
Strategy. Page 33.

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐


ues. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 to
check for stored DTC's or the corresponding diagnostic repair
procedure.

12 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Switch the ignition off.


– End of diagnosis.
Test-ID $03 (03): Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System (Bank 1)
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Compo‐
nents that are not Continuously Monitored”.
Select “Test-ID $03 (03)”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(TID) (Hex-
ID)
01 ($01) P0411 Reduced secondary air mass 0.4531 — Refer to DTC P0411 in the
bank 1. For additional information, DTC summary table
refer to the Bosch Motronic ME 7.5 ⇒ page 28 .
OBD System Strategy. Page 22.
02 ($02) P0411 Very low secondary air mass bank 0.07 — Refer to DTC P0411 in the
1, also short test. For additional in‐ DTC summary table
formation, refer to the Bosch Mo‐ ⇒ page 28 .
tronic ME 7.5 OBD System Strat‐
egy. Page 22.
03 ($03) — Leakage bank 1 (combi-valve — 2 kg/h —
does not close), short test. For ad‐
ditional information, refer to the
Bosch Motronic ME 7.5 OBD Sys‐
tem Strategy. Page 22.
07 ($07) — Reduced secondary air mass 0.3984 — —
bank 1, short test. For additional
information, refer to the Bosch Mo‐
tronic ME 7.5 OBD System Strat‐
egy. Page 22.

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐


ues. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 to
check for stored DTC's or the corresponding diagnostic repair
procedure.
– Switch the ignition off.
– End of diagnosis.
Test-ID $05 (05): Tank Ventilation System, Tank Vent Valve
Function Check
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Compo‐
nents that are not Continuously Monitored”.
Select “Test-ID $05 (05)”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.

2. Diagnostic Mode, Selecting 13


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information


(TID)
(Hex-ID)
01 ($01) — Tank ventilation valve check of — — —
DLDP during initial flush. For ad‐
ditional information, refer to the
Bosch Motronic ME 7.5 OBD Sys‐
tem Strategy. Page 17.
02 ($02) — Reduction of drop-out time when — — —
flushing. For additional informa‐
tion, refer to the Bosch Motronic
ME 7.5 OBD System Strategy.
Page 17.
03 ($03) — Passive test (can only test if OK). 0,1484 — —
For additional information, refer to
the Bosch Motronic ME 7.5 OBD
System Strategy. Page 17.
04 ($04) — Active test: deviation of oxygen 0,07 — —
sensor regulator in lean direction
(can only be checked if OK), also
short test. For additional informa‐
tion, refer to the Bosch Motronic
ME 7.5 OBD System Strategy.
Page 17.
05 ($05) — Active test: deviation of oxygen -0,07 — —
sensor regulator in rich direction
(can only be checked if OK), also
short test. For additional informa‐
tion, refer to the Bosch Motronic
ME 7.5 OBD System Strategy.
Page 17.
06 ($06) — Active test: air balance at idle OK, 30% — —
also short test. For additional in‐
formation, refer to the Bosch Mo‐
tronic ME 7.5 OBD System Strat‐
egy. Page 17.
07 ($07) P0441 Fuel Tank Leak Test. For addition‐ 30% — Refer to DTC P0441 in
al information, refer to the Bosch the DTC summary table
Motronic ME 7.5 OBD System ⇒ page 29 .
Strategy. Page 17.

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐


ues. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 to
check for stored DTC's or the corresponding diagnostic repair
procedure.
– Switch the ignition off.
Test-ID $05 (05): Tank Ventilation System, Tank Leak Test
– End of diagnosis.
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Compo‐
nents that are not Continuously Monitored”.
Select “Test-ID $05 (05)”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.

14 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information


(TID)
(Hex-ID)
13 ($0D) P0455 Tank leak test: Large leak/Small 1.65 – 1.9 — Refer to DTC P0455 in
leak. For additional information, the DTC summary ta‐
refer to the Bosch Motronic ME 7.5 ble ⇒ page 30 .
OBD System Strategy. Page 17.
13 ($0D) P0442 Tank leak test: Large leak/Small 1.65 – 1.9 — Refer to DTC P0442 in
leak. For additional information, the DTC summary ta‐
refer to the Bosch Motronic ME 7.5 ble ⇒ page 29 .
OBD System Strategy. Page 17.
14 ($0E) P1475 Tank leak test: Reed contact does — 0.5 Seconds Refer to DTC P1475 in
not close. For additional informa‐ the DTC summary ta‐
tion, refer to the Bosch Motronic ble ⇒ page 51 .
ME 7.5 OBD System Strategy.
Page 17.
15 ($0F) P1476 Tank leak test: Reed contact does — 30 Refer to DTC P1476 in
not open. For additional informa‐ the DTC summary ta‐
tion, refer to the Bosch Motronic ble ⇒ page 52 .
ME 7.5 OBD System Strategy.
Page 17.
16 ($10) — Tank leak test: System not OK 0 — —
During initial and continued flush‐
ing. For additional information, re‐
fer to the Bosch Motronic ME 7.5
OBD System Strategy. Page 17.
17 ($11) — Tank leak test: Pinhole leak (0.5 5.8 – 6.8 — —
mm) (E_test, min) or Pinhole leak
(0.5 mm). For additional informa‐
tion, refer to the Bosch Motronic
ME 7.5 OBD System Strategy.
Page 17.

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐


ues. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 to
check for stored DTC's or the corresponding diagnostic repair
procedure.
– Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis.

2.9 Diagnostic Mode 07 - Read Faults De‐


tected During the Current or Last Driving
Cycle
Mode 07 makes it possible to check emissions-related faults
which appeared during the current or last driving cycle (pending
DTCs).
A pending DTC is saved the first time a fault is detected (output
via Mode 07).
– If the fault is detected again by the end of the following driving
cycle, a confirmed DTC is entered (output via Mode 03) and
the MIL is activated.
– If this malfunction is not detected again by the end of the fol‐
lowing driving cycle, the corresponding pending code will be
deleted at the end of the driving cycle.

2. Diagnostic Mode, Selecting 15


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Note

Depending on scan tool and protocol used, some of the informa‐


tion provided may be referred to by a different name.

Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.

Note

If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at
least 5 seconds. Do not switch the ignition off afterward.

– Select “Mode 7: Check test results of components that are


continuously monitored”.
The number of pending DTCs or “0 malfunctions detected” will be
displayed on the scan tool screen.
– Refer to the following DTC tables for the diagnostic repair pro‐
cedure:
♦ ⇒ “5.1 SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes”, page 22 .
♦ ⇒ “5.2 SAE P1xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes”, page 43 .
♦ ⇒ “5.3 SAE P2xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes”, page 55 .
– Switch the ignition off.

2.10 Diagnostic Mode 08 - Request Control


of On-Board System, Test or Compo‐
nent
Diagnostic Mode 08 is used to control the operation of an on-
board system, test or component. A Mode 8 service can be used
to turn on-board system ON or OFF, or to cycle an on-board sys‐
tem, test or component ON or OFF for a specific period of time.
The service can also be used to request system status or to report
test results.
Diagnostic Mode 08, TID $01
Diagnostic Mode 08, TID $01 is used to determine if the evapo‐
rative system may be leaking.
Depending on the scan tool being used, the function test in Di‐
agnostic Mode 08 may or may not be able to be performed.
If the scan tool being used will operate Diagnostic Mode 08, per‐
form the test below ⇒ page 17 .
If the scan tool being used will not operate Diagnostic Mode 08,
refer to ⇒ “2.2 EVAP System, Checking for Leaks”, page 65 .

Note

Always follow the manufacturers instructions for the scan tool be‐
ing used.

Test requirements
• No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.

16 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

• Intake Air Temperature (IAT) maximum 60° C.


• Coolant temperature 80 -110° C.
• Throttle valve angle 12.0 - 16.0%.
Function test

Note

If the accelerator pedal is depressed during the test, the test will
be aborted.

– Connect the scan tool.


– Start the engine and run at idle for at least 15 minutes.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 08: Tank leak test”.
– Select “ Tank Leak Test”.
– Check the specified value of the tank leak test at idle.
– The following may be displayed on the scan tool screen:
Tank leak test Specified value
♦ Test function active Test OK
♦ Test function is being initiated, please
wait
♦ Test off
♦ Test aborted

– Switch the ignition off.


If the specified result is obtained:
System OK.
If the specified result is not obtained:
– Repeat the tank leak test, switch the ignition off and start the
engine again and let run for 15 minutes at idle.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified result is again not obtained:
– A leak may be present. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 EVAP System, Checking for Leaks”, page 65 .
End diagnosis.

2.11 Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle In‐


formation
Diagnostic Mode 09 makes it possible to access vehicle-specific
information from the ECM and the TCM (where applicable).

Note

Depending on scan tool and protocol used, Diagnostic Mode 09


and the information provided may be referred to by a different
name.

Test requirement
• No DTC's stored in the DTC memory.

2. Diagnostic Mode, Selecting 17


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 09 - Vehicle Information”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID”.
– The information requested will be displayed on the scan tool
screen.
The following table is a numerical list of all“Test-IDs” that may be
selected.
Test-ID Diagnostic text
02: Vehicle identification number e.g.
♦ A different 17 digit number will be displayed for
each vehicle

04: Calibration identification e.g.


♦ Engine Control Module (ECM)

♦ Transmission Control Module (TCM)

06: CVN (check sum) e.g.


♦ EC5AE460 the check sum is different for every
control module version

♦ 000D105

– Switch the ignition off.


End diagnosis.

18 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

3 General Diagnosis
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19 .

3.1 Preliminary Check


Before performing any pin point test or component diagnosis, a
Preliminary Check must be performed.
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede
any information included in this manual. Refer to ⇒ EBAHN-
Website .
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using the scan tool, check for any stored or related DTC's.
If other DTC's are stored:
– Repair these DTC's first before performing the following pro‐
cedure.
If no other DTC's are stored:
– Using the scan tool, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
– Perform a road test to attempt to duplicate the customers
complaint.
If the DTC returns:
– Perform the diagnostic procedure.
If the DTC does not return:
– The fault is intermittent or a sporadic condition may exist.
– Check the suspected component, electrical harness and elec‐
trical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Perform a road test to verify the repair.
If the DTC returns:
– Perform the diagnostic procedure.
If the DTC does not return:
The fault may have been the result of a loose electrical connec‐
tion.
– Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4.1 Readiness Code Description”, page 20 .
End diagnosis.

3. General Diagnosis 19
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

4 Readiness Code
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “4.1 Readiness Code Description”, page 20 .

4.1 Readiness Code Description


Diagnostics are performed at regular intervals during normal ve‐
hicle operation. After repairing an emissions related system, a
readiness code is generated by road testing the vehicle.
If a malfunction is recognized during the drive cycle, it will be
stored in the DTC memory.
The OBD drive cycle operation will be monitored with a hand held
diagnostic tool. Consult the manufacturer's instruction manual for
correct tool operation.
The readiness code is erased every time the DTC memory is
erased or any time the battery is disconnected. If the DTC mem‐
ory has been erased or the battery is disconnected, a new read‐
iness code must be generated.
Only erase the DTC memory if a DTC has been stored.
General Recommendations
Most monitors will complete easier and quicker using a “steady-
foot” and “smooth” acceleration during the drive cycle operation,
cruise, and acceleration modes.
Operating Conditions
For the EVAP monitor test, the coolant temperature and the am‐
bient air temperature must be between 10° C and 35° C with a
difference between them no greater than 4° C. The ambient air
temperature must not change more than 4° C during the drive
cycle procedure (e.g. when driving out of a heated workshop in
the winter).
Test requirements
• Erase the DTC memory
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
• Coolant temperature must be between 80° C - 110° C.
• The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) must be between 10° C - 35°
C.
• Battery voltage must be a minimum of 12.5 volts.
• Fuel tank level 1/4 - 3/4 full.

WARNING

When performing the drive cycle operation, pay strict attention


to driving conditions and please observe and obey all posted
speed limits. Failure to follow these instructions may result in
personal injury or possible death.

Drive Cycle Procedure


– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on and start the vehicle.

20 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Idle the vehicle for 2-3 minutes. This executes the O2S Heater,
Misfire, Secondary AIR, Fuel Trim, and Purge system moni‐
tors.
– Drive the vehicle at 45-55 mph for a continuous 7 minute pe‐
riod, avoid stopping. This executes the EVAP, O2S, Fuel Trim,
and Misfire monitors.
– Accelerate the vehicle to an engine speed of 5000 RPM (with
automatic transmission use the tip-tronic mode); lift off the
throttle until the engine speed is around 1200 rpm. This exe‐
cutes the fuel cut off
– Accelerate the vehicle smoothly to 60-65 mph, cruise con‐
stantly for 5 min, this executes the Catalyst; O2S, Misfire, Fuel
Trim, and Purge System monitors.
– Decelerate and idle the vehicle again for 3 minutes. This ex‐
ecutes the Misfire, Secondary AIR, Fuel Trim, and Purge
system monitors.
– Check the status of the readiness code.

Note

Depending on the scan tool used. The readiness code status may
be displayed as complete, passed or OK.

– If any engine monitor fails the drive cycle test. Repeat the drive
cycle test until all engine monitors have successfully run
through and passed.

Note

When repeating the drive cycle operation for a failed EVAP mon‐
itor or thermostat-monitor, allow the engine to cool until the cool‐
ant temperature and the ambient air temperature are be between
10° C - 35° C with a difference between them no greater than 4°
C is observed and repeat the drive cycle operation.

If the drive cycle operation fails again.


– Check the DTC memory for stored DTC's
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
Repair the vehicle if necessary.
– Repeat the drive cycle operation until all engine monitors have
successfully run through and passed.
– Remove the scan tool and switch the ignition off.
End diagnosis.

4. Readiness Code 21
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

5 Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables


The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “5.1 SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes”, page 22 .
⇒ “5.2 SAE P1xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes”, page 43 .
⇒ “5.3 SAE P2xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes”, page 55 .

5.1 SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes


For Monitor Strategy Information Refer to: ⇒ Bosch Motronic ME
7.5 OBD System Strategy
Fuel and air ratios
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ ing Time checks, MIL Il‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length lumination
ue
P0102 Mass or – Refer to Lower thresh‐ • Air mass, < 1.5 2 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Volume Air ⇒ “2.3 Mass Air old map (de‐ kg/h onds
Flow A Cir‐ Flow Sensor pending on en‐
cuit Low In‐ G70, Checking”, gine speed and
put page 95 . engine load)
P0103 Mass or – Refer to Upper thresh‐ • Air mass, >128 2 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Volume Air ⇒ “2.3 Mass Air old map (de‐ - 730 kg/h onds
Flow A Cir‐ Flow Sensor pending on en‐
cuit High In‐ G70, Checking”, gine speed and
put page 95 . engine load)
P0106 Manifold – Refer to Difference be‐ — 5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Absolute ⇒ “2.4 Charge tween altitude onds
Pressure/ Air Pressure sensor and
BARO Sen‐ Sensor G31, boost pres‐
sor Range/ Checking”, page sure, >200
Perform‐ 84 . mbar
ance
P0112 Intake Air – Refer to Short to battery — 2 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Tempera‐ ⇒ “2.6 Intake Air positive, > onds
ture Sensor Temperature 133.5° C
1 Circuit Sensor G42,
Low Input Checking”, page
107 .
P0113 Intake Air – Refer to IAT >-36° C • Time after 2 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Tempera‐ ⇒ “2.6 Intake Air start, 180 sec. onds
ture Sensor Temperature
1 Circuit Sensor G42,
High Input Checking”, page
107 .
P0116 Engine – Refer to Measured — Depends • 2 DCY
Coolant ⇒ “2.5 Engine temp. lower on EST
Tempera‐ Coolant Tem‐ than model
ture Sensor perature Sensor temp. Differ‐
1 Circuit G62, Checking”, ence between
Range/Per‐ page 103 . measured and
formance model temp.
– Refer to coolant more than 20°
regulator. Refer C
to repair group
19.

22 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ ing Time checks, MIL Il‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length lumination
ue
P0117 Engine – Refer to Short to battery — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Coolant ⇒ “2.5 Engine + < -45° C onds ous
Tempera‐ Coolant Tem‐
ture Sensor perature Sensor • 2 DCY
1 Circuit G62, Checking”,
Low Input page 103 .

– Refer to coolant
regulator. Refer
to repair group
19.
P0118 Engine – Refer to Short to ground — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Coolant ⇒ “2.5 Engine >133.5° C onds ous
Tempera‐ Coolant Tem‐
ture Sensor perature Sensor • 2 DCY
1 Circuit G62, Checking”,
High Input page 103 .

– Refer to coolant
regulator. Refer
to repair group
19.
P0130 O2 Sensor – Refer to Short circuit, < Oxygen sensor 0.13 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Circuit, ⇒ “3.1 Heated 60 mV rear, > 500 mV af‐ onds ous
Bank 1 Sen‐ Oxygen Sensor ter 90 seconds
sor 1 G39 and Oxy‐ • 2 DCY
gen Sensor
Regulation be‐
fore Catalytic
Converter,
Checking”, page
117 .
P0132 O2 Sensor – Refer to Short to battery Sensor heated up- 10 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Circuit High ⇒ “3.1 Heated positive, > 1.08 after 90 sec onds ous
Voltage, Oxygen Sensor Volts
Bank 1 Sen‐ G39 and Oxy‐ • 2 DCY
sor 1 gen Sensor
Regulation be‐
fore Catalytic
Converter,
Checking”, page
117 .
P0133 O2 Circuit – Refer to Threshold for • Exhaust gas 40 Sec‐ • Once/DCY
Slow Re‐ ⇒ “3.1 Heated signal period, temperature, > onds
sponse Oxygen Sensor length > 3.3 260 °C • 2 DCY
(Bank 1, G39 and Oxy‐ seconds
Sensor 1) gen Sensor • Engine load,
Regulation be‐ 20.25 - 55%
fore Catalytic • Engine speed,
Converter, 1,680 - 3,520
Checking”, page RPM
117 .
• Fuel control,
Closed loop

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 23


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ ing Time checks, MIL Il‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length lumination
ue
P0134 O2 Sensor – Refer to Open circuit or Sensor heated up, 5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Circuit No ⇒ “3.1 Heated no activity, 0.4 - after 90.0 seconds onds ous
Activity De‐ Oxygen Sensor 0.6 V
tected, G39 and Oxy‐ • 2 DCY
(Bank 1 gen Sensor
Sensor 1) Regulation be‐
fore Catalytic
Converter,
Checking”, page
117 .
P0136 O2 Circuit – Refer to Short circuit, < • Sensor heated 100 Sec‐ • Continu‐
(Bank 1, ⇒ “3.2 Oxygen 60 mV up, After 90 onds at ous
Sensor 2) Sensor Heater seconds low fuel
after Catalytic level: 600 • 2 DCY
Converter Seconds
G130, Check‐
ing”, page 120 .
P0138 O2 Circuit – Refer to Short to battery • Sensor heated 10 Sec‐ • Continu‐
High Volt‐ ⇒ “3.2 Oxygen +, > 1.08 V up, After 150 onds ous
age (Bank Sensor Heater seconds
1, Sensor 2) after Catalytic • 2 DCY
Converter
G130, Check‐
ing”, page 120 .
P0139 O2 Circuit – Refer to • Sensor sig‐ • Intake air — • Once/DCY
Slow Re‐ ⇒ “3.2 Oxygen nal not ac‐ mass, 20 - 100
sponse Sensor Heater tive-Signal kg/h • 2 DCY
(Bank 1, after Catalytic output is not
Sensor 2) Converter oscillating • Sensor readi‐
G130, Check‐ at reference ness down‐
ing”, page 120 . value 0.608 stream cat, ->
V 30 sec
• Heater and
electrical diag‐
nosis of sensor
checked with‐
out error
• Catalyst temp,
> 300 °C

P0140 O2 Circuit – Refer to • Open sen‐ • Sensor heated 600 Sec‐ • Continu‐
No Activity ⇒ “3.2 Oxygen sor or no ac‐ up, After 90 onds ous
Detected Sensor Heater tivity 400– seconds
(Bank 1, after Catalytic 500 mV • 2 DCY
Sensor 2) Converter
G130, Check‐
ing”, page 120 .
P0237 Turbo‐ – Refer to Short to ground — 5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
charger/Su‐ ⇒ “2.4 Charge >0.14 V onds
percharger Air Pressure
Boost Sen‐ Sensor G31,
sor A Circuit Checking”, page
Low 84 .

– Refer to charge
air system for
proper seal. Re‐
fer to repair
group 21.

24 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ ing Time checks, MIL Il‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length lumination
ue
P0238 Turbo‐ – Refer to Short to battery — 2 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
charger/Su‐ ⇒ “2.4 Charge + 4.88 V onds
percharger Air Pressure
Boost Sen‐ Sensor G31,
sor A Circuit Checking”, page
High 84 .

– Refer to charge
air system for
proper seal. Re‐
fer to repair
group 21.

Ignition system
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Param‐ Monitor‐ Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and eters with Enable ing Time checks, MIL
Threshold Val‐ Conditions Length Illumination
ue
P0300 Random – Check the Spark Multiple misfire • Load change — • 2 DCY
Misfire De‐ plugs. within 2 revolu‐
tected tions, < 3 - 40%
– Check the intake
system for • Time from en‐
leaks. gine start, < 5
sec
– Refer to • Engine load,
⇒ “1.4 Fuel 13.5 - 138.75%
Pressure,
Checking”, page
59 .

– Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Fuel In‐
jectors N30,
N31, N32, and
N33, Checking”,
page 114 .

– Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Ignition
Coils with Power
Output Stage,
Checking”, page
154 .

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 25


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Param‐ Monitor‐ Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and eters with Enable ing Time checks, MIL
Threshold Val‐ Conditions Length Illumination
ue
P0301 Cylinder 1 – Check the Spark • Emission • Engine speed 1000 • Continu‐
Misfire De‐ plugs. threshold % range Idle - 6760 Revs ous
tected misfire >3% RPM 200 Revs
– Check the intake • 2 DCY
system for • Catalyst • Engine torque >
leaks. damage (T 0
> 950 °C)
– Refer to rate > 4.5 -
⇒ “1.4 Fuel 30 %
Pressure,
Checking”, page
59 .

– Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Fuel In‐
jectors N30,
N31, N32, and
N33, Checking”,
page 114 .

– Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Ignition
Coils with Power
Output Stage,
Checking”, page
154 .
P0302 Cylinder 2 – Check the Spark • Emission • Engine speed 1000 • Continu‐
Misfire De‐ plugs. threshold % range Idle - 6760 Revs ous
tected misfire >3% RPM 200 Revs
– Check the intake • 2 DCY
system for • Catalyst • Engine torque >
leaks. damage (T 0
> 950 °C)
– Refer to rate > 4.5 -
⇒ “1.4 Fuel 30 %
Pressure,
Checking”, page
59 .

– Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Fuel In‐
jectors N30,
N31, N32, and
N33, Checking”,
page 114 .

– Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Ignition
Coils with Power
Output Stage,
Checking”, page
154 .

26 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Param‐ Monitor‐ Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and eters with Enable ing Time checks, MIL
Threshold Val‐ Conditions Length Illumination
ue
P0303 Cylinder 3 – Check the Spark • Emission • Engine speed 1000 • Continu‐
Misfire De‐ plugs. threshold % range Idle - 6760 Revs ous
tected misfire >3% RPM 200 Revs
– Check the intake • 2 DCY
system for • Catalyst • Engine torque >
leaks. damage (T 0
> 950 °C)
– Refer to rate > 4.5 -
⇒ “1.4 Fuel 30 %
Pressure,
Checking”, page
59 .

– Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Fuel In‐
jectors N30,
N31, N32, and
N33, Checking”,
page 114 .

– Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Ignition
Coils with Power
Output Stage,
Checking”, page
154 .
P0304 Cylinder 4 – Check the Spark • Emission • Engine speed 1000 • Continu‐
Misfire De‐ plugs. threshold % range Idle - 6760 Revs ous
tected misfire >3% RPM 200 Revs
– Check the intake • 2 DCY
system for • Catalyst • Engine torque >
leaks. damage (T 0
> 950 °C)
– Refer to rate > 4.5 -
⇒ “1.4 Fuel 30 %
Pressure,
Checking”, page
59 .

– Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Fuel In‐
jectors N30,
N31, N32, and
N33, Checking”,
page 114 .

– Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Ignition
Coils with Power
Output Stage,
Checking”, page
154 .
P0321 Ignition/Dis‐ – Refer to Comparison of — 0.1 Sec‐ • Continu‐
tributor En‐ ⇒ “2.7 Engine counted teeth ond ous
gine Speed Speed Sensor and number of
Input Circuit G28, Checking”, teeth (+/-) 1 • 2 DCY
Range/Per‐ page 110 . tooth
formance
P0322 Ignition/Dis‐ – Refer to Comparison — 5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
tributor En‐ ⇒ “2.7 Engine with phase onds
gine Speed Speed Sensor sensor signal-
Input Circuit G28, Checking”, No engine
No Signal page 110 . speed signal

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 27


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Additional exhaust regulation


DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P0411 Secondary – Refer to • Flow check • Intake air temp, 60 Sec‐ • Once/
Air Injection ⇒ “2.5 Secondary during nor‐ > 18° C < 85° C onds DCY
System In‐ Air Injection mal SA in‐
correct Flow Pump Motor jection (1st • Closed loop • 2 DCY
Detected V101, Checking”, chance) SA oxygen sensor
page 141 = Secon‐ front with no
dary Air-< malfunction at
50% devia‐ start
tion of ex‐ • Coolant temp,
pected air 18-100° C
mass flow
• Altitude, <
• Flow check 2.500 m
during SA
injection, • Mass air, < 60
enabled by kg/h
monitor if
1st chance First check not
is not com‐ completed
pleted OR
• Engine restart
temperature
difference, > 15
K
AND
• Coolant temp,
40-100° C
• Engine speed,
Idle
• Catalyst temp,
< 600° C
• Altitude, <
2.500 m

P0422 Main Cata‐ – Refer to Rear/front = • Catalyst tem‐ 100 Sec‐ • Once/
lyst Efficien‐ ⇒ “1.1 Three Way AR-> 0.30 perature, 380 - onds DCY
cy Below Catalytic Con‐ 650° C
Threshold verter, Check‐ • 2 DCY
(Bank 1) ing”, page 132 . • Engine load,
20-65%
• Engine speed,
1,480 - 3,080
RPM
• Actual EVAP
purge flow, <
25%

28 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P0441 Evaporative – Refer to Reaction of • Engine speed - 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Emission ⇒ “2.2 EVAP Sys‐ throttle airflow Idle onds ous
System tem, Checking for or l controller, <
Incorrect Leaks”, +/- 7 % of lamb‐ • Altitude <2500 • 2 DCY
Purge Flow page 65 . da controller m
deviation or < • ECT, > 80° C
– Refer to 30% airflow
⇒ “2.3 EVAP change • Time after en‐
Canister Purge gine start, >
Regulator Valve 600 sec
N80, Checking”,
page 66 .

– Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Leak De‐
tection Pump
V144, Checking”,
page 68 .
P0442 Evaporative – Refer to Pressure drop • Purge Valve, 140 Sec‐ • Once/
Emission ⇒ “2.2 EVAP Sys‐ within prede‐ Closed onds DCY
System tem, Checking for termined time,
Leak Detec‐ Leaks”, ATCZK, AT‐ • LDP, Activated • 2 DCY
ted (Small page 65 . CEK, and • Ambient tem‐
Leak) AMUEK:< 3.0 perature, >
– Refer to sec. AWDEK:< -9.75° C
⇒ “2.3 EVAP 1.8 sec.
Canister Purge • Altitude, <
Regulator Valve 2500m
N80, Checking”,
page 66 . • Ambient pres‐
sure, >6 hPa
– Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Leak De‐ • Restart temp
tection Pump difference, >5K
V144, Checking”, • Time after en‐
page 68 . gine start, 240
sec.
• Intake vacuum
pressure, > 130
hPa
• IAT, 45° C
• Intake manifold
low pressure,
>150 hPa
• Engine temp,
<95° C
• Vehicle speed,
>13 mph

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 29


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P0455 Evaporative – Refer to Pressure drop • Purge Valve, 140 Sec‐ • Once/
Emission ⇒ “2.2 EVAP Sys‐ within prede‐ Closed onds DCY
System Leak tem, Checking for termined time, 280 Sec‐
Detected Leaks”, ATCZK, AT‐ • LDP, Activated onds • 2 DCY
(gross leak/ page 65 . CEK, and • Ambient tem‐
no flow) AMUEK:< 3.0 perature, >
– Refer to sec. AWDEK:< -9.75° C
⇒ “2.3 EVAP 1.8 sec.
Canister Purge If leak is detec‐ • Altitude, <
Regulator Valve ted under idle 2500m
N80, Checking”, conditions
page 66 . (open filler • Ambient pres‐
neck during re‐ sure, >6 hPa
– Refer to fueling), verifi‐ • Restart temp
⇒ “2.4 Leak De‐ cation during difference, >5K
tection Pump driving
V144, Checking”, • Time after en‐
page 68 . gine start, 240
sec.
• Intake vacuum
pressure, > 130
hPa
• IAT, 45° C
• Intake manifold
low pressure,
>150 hPa
• Engine temp,
<95° C
• Vehicle speed,
>13 mph

Speed and idle control


DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ ing Time checks, MIL
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length Illumination
ue
P0501 Vehicle – Refer to Comparison • ECT, > 40° C 2 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Speed Sen‐ ⇒ “5.1 Speed Sig‐ with engine onds ous
sor A Range/ nal, Checking”, speed and fuel
Performance page 129 . cut off-Speed < • 2 DCY
1.94 mph
P0506 Idle Air Con‐ – Refer to Idle speed de‐ • Engine speed, 5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
trol System ⇒ “2.4 Throttle viation >100 idle onds
RPM Lower Valve Control RPM
Than Expec‐ Module J338, • Engine load,
ted Checking”, <36%
page 99 . • ECT, >75° C
• IAT > 0° C
• EVAP purge
valve, Closed
• Altitude, < 2500
m

30 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ ing Time checks, MIL
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length Illumination
ue
P0507 Idle Air Con‐ – Refer to Idle speed de‐ • Engine speed, 5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
trol System ⇒ “2.4 Throttle viation <-200 idle onds
RPM Higher Valve Control RPM
Than Expec‐ Module J338, • Engine load,
ted Checking”, <36%
page 99 . • ECT, >75° C
• IAT > 0° C
• EVAP purge
valve, Closed
• Altitude, < 2500
m

Control module and output signals


DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P0601 Internal Con‐ – Refer to Calculate — 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
trol Module ⇒ “4.3 Motronic check sum onds
Memory Engine Control
Check Sum Module J220, Re‐
Error placing”,
page 125 .
P0614 ECM / TCM – Refer to Comparison of — 30 ms —
Incompatible ⇒ “2.5 Transmis‐ stored value
sion Control Mod‐ with sent value
ule J217, Auto‐ on CAN
matic Transmis‐ (CAN,AT) Val‐
sion 09A, Replac‐ ues not equal
ing”, page 188

09A Transmission
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P0700 Transmis‐ – Checksum check RAM/ROM/ — 150 ms —
sion Control on ROM; RAM EEPROM de‐
System (MIL and EEPROM fect
Request) check write and
read. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Transmis‐
sion Control Mod‐
ule, Automatic
Transmission
09A, Checking
Voltage Supply”,
page 185 .

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 31


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P0705 Transmis‐ – A, B, C and PA Detection of — 350 ms —
sion Range signal check in wrong combi‐
Sensor Cir‐ every shift lever nation of the A,
cuit Malfunc‐ position. Refer to B, C and PA
tion (PRNDL ⇒ “1.5.2 Multi- signal, More
Input) Function Trans‐ than 350 ms
mission Range
Switch F125,
Checking”,
page 170 .
P0715 Input/Tur‐ – Electrical Check. Comparison • Shift Lever, D 2 Seconds —
bine Speed Refer to with Vehicle
Sensor "A" ⇒ “1.5 Automatic speed- sensor • Throttle Posi‐
Circuit Transmission and Engine- tion, > 1/8
09A with Tiptron‐ revolution Ve‐
ic, Checking hicle Speed >
Electrical Com‐ 20 km/h within
ponents”, 2 sec
page 167
P0722 Output – Plausibility Comparison • Shift Lever, D 2 Seconds —
Speed Sen‐ check. Refer to IMED and
sor Circuit ⇒ “1.5.5 Vehicle VSP-Signal • Throttle Posi‐
No Signal Speed Sensor VSP Rev<150 tion, > 1/8
G68, Checking”, rpm and IMED
page 177 . Rev >700 rpm
(same as
VSP=20km/h)
within 2 sec.
P0725 Engine – CAN receive data Signal invalid • CAN bus, Ac‐ 30 ms —
Speed Input check. Refer to Error value re‐ tive
Circuit ⇒ “3.1 Transmis‐ ceived
sion Control Mod‐
ule J217 CAN-
Bus, Terminal
Resistance,
Checking”,
page 190 .
P0731 Gear 1 incor‐ – Input and output Comparison of • ON/OFF SOL, 4 Seconds —
rect ratio rpm signal check indicated slip No fault
in every gear. and actual slip
Separate error with stored val‐ • Shift Lever, D
memory for each ues. Slip differ‐ • Vehicle Speed
gear. Refer to re‐ ences > 170 Sensor, No
pair group 38. rpm for more fault
than 4 sec
• Turbine Speed
Sensor, No
fault
• Vehicle Speed
VSP, >=20km/
h
• Throttle Posi‐
tion, >= 1/8
• Engine Speed,
>=450rpm

32 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P0732 Gear 2 incor‐ – Input and output Comparison of • ON/OFF SOL, 4 Seconds —
rect ratio rpm signal check indicated slip No fault
in every gear. and actual slip
Separate error with stored val‐ • Shift Lever, D
memory for each ues. Slip differ‐ • Vehicle Speed
gear. Refer to re‐ ences > 170 Sensor, No
pair group 38. rpm for more fault
than 4 sec
• Turbine Speed
Sensor, No
fault
• Vehicle Speed
VSP, >=20km/
h
• Throttle Posi‐
tion, >= 1/8
• Engine Speed,
>=450rpm

P0733 Gear 3 incor‐ – Input and output Comparison of • ON/OFF SOL, 4 Seconds —
rect ratio rpm signal check indicated slip No fault
in every gear. and actual slip
Separate error with stored val‐ • Shift Lever, D
memory for each ues. Slip differ‐ • Vehicle Speed
gear. Refer to re‐ ences > 170 Sensor, No
pair group 38. rpm for more fault
than 4 sec
• Turbine Speed
Sensor, No
fault
• Vehicle Speed
VSP, >=20km/
h
• Throttle Posi‐
tion, >= 1/8
• Engine Speed,
>=450rpm

P0734 Gear 4 incor‐ – Input and output Comparison of • ON/OFF SOL, 4 Seconds —
rect ratio rpm signal check indicated slip No fault
in every gear. and actual slip
Separate error with stored val‐ • Shift Lever, D
memory for each ues. Slip differ‐ • Vehicle Speed
gear. Refer to re‐ ences > 170 Sensor, No
pair group 38. rpm for more fault
than 4 sec
• Turbine Speed
Sensor, No
fault
• Vehicle Speed
VSP, >=20km/
h
• Throttle Posi‐
tion, >= 1/8
• Engine Speed,
>=450rpm

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 33


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P0735 Gear 5 incor‐ – Input and output Comparison of • ON/OFF SOL, 4 Seconds —
rect ratio rpm signal check indicated slip No fault
in every gear. and actual slip
Separate error with stored val‐ • Shift Lever, D
memory for each ues. Slip differ‐ • Vehicle Speed
gear. Refer to re‐ ences > 170 Sensor, No
pair group 38. rpm for more fault
than 4 sec
• Turbine Speed
Sensor, No
fault
• Vehicle Speed
VSP, >=20km/
h
• Throttle Posi‐
tion, >= 1/8
• Engine Speed,
>=450rpm

P0743 Torque Con‐ – Analog compari‐ Logical output — 40 ms —


verter Clutch son between in - signal differ‐
Circuit Elec‐ and output signal. ence
trical Refer to
⇒ “1.5.6 Valve
Body Solenoid
Valves, Check‐
ing”, page 179 .
P0746 Pressure – Digital compari‐ Comparison — 40 ms —
Control Sole‐ son between with reference
noid "A" Per‐ Ground return voltage,
formance or level (High) dur‐ Ground return
Stuck Off ing ROM check. level High with‐
Refer to in 40 ms
⇒ “1.5.6 Valve
Body Solenoid
Valves, Check‐
ing”, page 179
P0748 Pressure – Digital compari‐ Logical output — 80 ms —
Control Sole‐ son between signal differ‐
noid "A" CPU output and ence
Electrical output signal. Re‐
fer to
⇒ “1.5.6 Valve
Body Solenoid
Valves, Check‐
ing”, page 179 .
P0753 Shift Sole‐ – Digital compari‐ Logical output — 300 ms —
noid "A" son between in- signal differ‐
Electrical and output signal. ence
Refer to
⇒ “1.5.6 Valve
Body Solenoid
Valves, Check‐
ing”, page 179 .

34 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P0758 Shift Sole‐ – Digital compari‐ Logical output — 300 ms —
noid "B" son between in- signal differ‐
Electrical and output signal. ence
Refer to
⇒ “1.5.6 Valve
Body Solenoid
Valves, Check‐
ing”, page 179 .
P0763 Shift Sole‐ – Digital compari‐ Logical output — 300 ms —
noid "C" son between in- signal differ‐
Electrical and output signal. ence
Refer to
⇒ “1.5.6 Valve
Body Solenoid
Valves, Check‐
ing”, page 179 .
P0768 Shift Sole‐ – Digital compari‐ Logical output — 300 ms —
noid "D" son between in- signal differ‐
Electrical and output signal. ence
Refer to
⇒ “1.5.6 Valve
Body Solenoid
Valves, Check‐
ing”, page 179 .
P0773 Shift Sole‐ – Digital compari‐ Logical output — 300 ms —
noid "E" son between in- signal differ‐
Electrical and output signal. ence
Refer to
⇒ “1.5.6 Valve
Body Solenoid
Valves, Check‐
ing”, page 179 .
P0785 Shift/Timing – Digital compari‐ Logical output — 300 ms —
Solenoid son between in- signal differ‐
and output signal. ence
Refer to
⇒ “1.5.6 Valve
Body Solenoid
Valves, Check‐
ing”, page 179 .
P0791 Intermediate – Plausibility Comparison • Shift Lever, D 2 Seconds —
Shaft Speed check. Refer to with Vehicle
Sensor “A” ⇒ “1.5.4 Inter‐ speed- sensor • Throttle Posi‐
Circuit mediate Shaft and Engine- tion, > 1/8
Speed Sensor revolution Ve‐
G265, Checking”, hicle Speed >
page 175 . 20 km/h within
2 sec

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 35


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P0811 Excessive – Difference value Comparison • Vehicle Speed 10 Sec‐ —
Clutch Slip‐ between TURB Engine Speed Sensor, No onds
page and VSP revolu‐ and TURB fault
tion checked. Re‐ while LU is
fer to closed, LU=ON • Turbine Speed
⇒ “1.5.6 Valve and |Slip rev| Sensor, No
Body Solenoid >=(40+VSP/2) fault
Valves, Check‐ • Shift Lever, D
ing”, page 179 .
• Vehicle Speed,
>=10 km/h
• Throttle Posi‐
tion, >= 1/8
• Engine Speed,
>=450 rpm

P0864 TCM com‐ – CAN communica‐ No signal re‐ — 300 ms —


munication tion check. CAN ceived within
circuit range/ receive data 300 ms
performance check. Refer to
⇒ “3.1.2 Trans‐
mission Control
Module J217
CAN-Bus Termi‐
nal Resistance,
Automatic Trans‐
mission 09A,
Checking”,
page 193 or
⇒ “3.1.1 Trans‐
mission Control
Module J217
CAN-Bus Termi‐
nal Resistance,
Automatic Trans‐
mission 01M,
Checking”,
page 190

01M Transmission
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Il‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length lumination
ue
P0700 Transmis‐ – Checksum
sion Control check on ROM;
System RAM and EE‐
(MIL Re‐ PROM check
quest) write and read.
Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Trans‐
mission Control
Module, Auto‐
matic Transmis‐
sion 01M,
Checking Volt‐
age Supply”,
page 183 .

36 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Il‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length lumination
ue
P0705 Transmis‐ – A, B, C and PA Detection of — 350 ms —
sion Range signal check in wrong combi‐
Sensor Cir‐ every shift lever nation of the A,
cuit Mal‐ position. Refer B, C and PA
function to signal, More
(PRNDL In‐ ⇒ “1.1 Multi- than 350 ms
put) Function Trans‐
mission Range
Switch F125,
Checking”, page
158
P0715 Input/Tur‐ – Refer to Detection of • Input sensor, 500 ms —
bine Speed ⇒ “1.2 Transmis‐ wrong input AD No failure de‐
Sensor "A" sion Vehicle value, <0.2V cision for input
Circuit Speed Sensor (AD value <45) sensor no
G38, Checking”, for more than pulse failure
page 160 100 ms OR
(AD value
>545) Voltage
>3.8 V for more
than 100 ms
P0722 Output – Refer to
Speed Sen‐ ⇒ “1.5.5 Vehicle
sor Circuit Speed Sensor
No Signal G68, Checking”,
page 177 .
P0725 Engine – CAN receive da‐ Detection of er‐ • CAN bus, Ac‐ 250 ms —
Speed Input ta check. Refer ror tive
Circuit to
⇒ “3.1 Transmis‐ • ECU commu‐
sion Control nication, Ac‐
Module J217 tive
CAN-Bus, Ter‐ • ECU data up‐
minal Resist‐ date, Active
ance, Check‐
ing”, page 190 .

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 37


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Il‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length lumination
ue
P0731 Gear 1 in‐ – Input and Output ABS (input rev. • Engine speed, 2 Times • Continuous
correct ratio rpm signal - output rev. x >400 RPM 1 Second
check. Separate other gear ra‐ 12 Times • 2 DCY
error memory for tio) < (0.04 x • Shift lever,
each gear. Neu‐ other gear ratio D,S
tral condition x output rev.) • Output rev,
check. Refer to for more than 1 <=500 RPM
repair group 38. sec.
Detection of • L-up condi‐
slip condition, tion, Off
Input rev. x 1st
gear ratio + 400 • Input sensor,
rpm for more No back up
than 3.3 sec. condition
• Output sen‐
sor, Active or
back up by
ABS
• Model oil
temp, >=0° C
• Engine speed,
>400 RPM
• Output rev,
>250 RPM
• Estimated en‐
gine torque,
>100Nm at
1st gear
• Shift lever,
D,S
• Brake, Off
• Slip difference
of output
speed (In
case ABS Val‐
id) Difference
<10%
• Revolution
sensor, No
back up con‐
dition
• Model oil
temp, >=20° C

38 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Il‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length lumination
ue
P0732 Gear 2 in‐ – Input and Output Detection of • Engine speed, 1 Second —
correct ratio rpm signal slip condition, >400 RPM 12 times
check. Separate Input rev. x 1st
error memory for gear ratio + 400 • Output rev,
each gear. Neu‐ rpm for more >250 RPM
tral condition than 3.3 sec. • Shift lever,
check. Refer to Comparison of D,S
repair group 38. slip condition
• 1. ABS (in‐ • Brake, Off
put rev. -
output rev. x • Slip difference
other gear of output
ratio) < speed (In
(0.04 x oth‐ case ABS Val‐
er gear ratio id) Difference
x output <10%
rev.) for • Revolution
more than 1 sensor, No
sec. back up con‐
• 2. Slip dif‐ dition
ferences > • Model oil
(0.20 x cur‐ temp, >=0° C
rent gear ra‐
tio x output
rev.) for
more than 1
sec.

P0733 Gear 3 in‐ – Input and Output Comparison of • Engine speed, 1 Second —
correct ratio rpm signal slip condition >400 RPM 12 times
check. Separate • 1. ABS (in‐
error memory for put rev. - • Output rev,
each gear. Refer output rev. x >250 RPM
to repair group other gear • Shift lever,
38. ratio) < D,S
(0.04 x oth‐
er gear ratio • Brake, Off
x output
rev.) for • Slip difference
more than 1 of output
sec. speed (In
case ABS Val‐
• 2. Slip dif‐ id) Difference
ferences > <10%
(0.20 x cur‐
rent gear ra‐ • Revolution
tio x output sensor, No
rev.) for back up con‐
more than 1 dition
sec. • Model oil
temp, >=0° C

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 39


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Il‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length lumination
ue
P0734 Gear 4 in‐ – Input and Output Comparison of • Engine speed, 1 Second —
correct ratio rpm signal slip condition >400 RPM 12 times
check. Separate • 1. ABS (in‐
error memory for put rev. - • Output rev,
each gear. Refer output rev. x >250 RPM
to repair group other gear • Shift lever,
38. ratio) < D,S
(0.04 x oth‐
er gear ratio • Brake, Off
x output
rev.) for • Slip difference
more than 1 of output
sec. speed (In
case ABS Val‐
• 2. Slip dif‐ id) Difference
ferences > <10%
(0.20 x cur‐
rent gear ra‐ • Revolution
tio x output sensor, No
rev.) for back up con‐
more than 1 dition
sec. • Model oil
temp, >=0° C

P0748 Pressure – Input AD value • Detection of — 500 ms —


Control Sol‐ check in every wrong input • Main Sole‐ 2 Times Continuous
enoid "A" linear solenoid. AD value, noid, ON
Electrical Linear solenoid Feedback
feedback cur‐ current > • Linear feed‐
rent check. Re‐ 1333 mA back current,
fer to (AD value >23 mA (AD:
⇒ “1.4 Valve >1000) for 15) < 1333 mA
Body Solenoid more than (AD:1000)
Valves, Check‐ 100 ms OR
ing”, page 164 . Feedback
current <23
mA (AD val‐
ue < 15) for
more than
100 ms
• Compari‐
son of tar‐
get current
and feed‐
back cur‐
rent

P0753 Shift Sole‐ – Conduction Comparison of — 500 ms —


noid "A" check in On/Off the signal of
Electrical solenoid. Refer solenoid moni‐
to tor and sole‐
⇒ “1.4 Valve noid driver out‐
Body Solenoid put, Wrong out‐
Valves, Check‐ put signal for
ing”, page 164 . more than 100
ms

40 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Il‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length lumination
ue
P0758 Shift Sole‐ – Conduction Logical output — 300 ms —
noid "B" check in On/Off signal differ‐
Electrical solenoid. Refer ence
to
⇒ “1.4 Valve
Body Solenoid
Valves, Check‐
ing”, page 164 .
P0763 Shift Sole‐ – Conduction Logical output — 300 ms —
noid "C" check in On/Off signal differ‐
Electrical solenoid. Refer ence
to
⇒ “1.4 Valve
Body Solenoid
Valves, Check‐
ing”, page 164 .
P0768 Shift Sole‐ – Conduction Logical output — 300 ms —
noid "D" check in On/Off signal differ‐
Electrical solenoid. Refer ence
to
⇒ “1.4 Valve
Body Solenoid
Valves, Check‐
ing”, page 164 .
P0773 Shift Sole‐ – Conduction Logical output — 300 ms —
noid "E" check in On/Off signal differ‐
Electrical solenoid. Refer ence
to
⇒ “1.4 Valve
Body Solenoid
Valves, Check‐
ing”, page 164 .
P0785 Shift/Timing – Conduction Logical output — 300 ms —
Solenoid check in On/Off signal differ‐
solenoid. Refer ence
to
⇒ “1.4 Valve
Body Solenoid
Valves, Check‐
ing”, page 164 .
P0811 Excessive – Check for inter‐ Comparison of • Engine speed, 12 Sec‐ —
Clutch Slip‐ nal damage. Re‐ engine rpm and >400 RPM onds
page fer to repair input rpm, En‐
group 38. gine rpm - input • Shift lever,
rpm > 100 rpm D,S
for 2 sec. • Engine speed,
< 4000 RPM
• Estimated en‐
gine torque,
>=0 Nm
• Revolution
sensor, No
back up con‐
dition
• SLU target
current, >
1000 mA
• Model oil
temp, >=20° C

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 41


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Il‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length lumination
ue
P0863 TCM Com‐ – CAN communi‐
munication cation check.
Circuit CAN receive da‐
ta check. Refer
to
⇒ “3.1 Transmis‐
sion Control
Module J217
CAN-Bus, Ter‐
minal Resist‐
ance, Check‐
ing”, page 190 .
P0864 TCM com‐ – CAN communi‐ • Detection of • CAN bus, Ac‐ 500 ms —
munication cation check. communi‐ tive 1 Second
circuit CAN receive da‐ cation error 300 ms
range/per‐ ta check. Refer (All or One • Time, 500 ms 70 ms
formance to frame which after ign on
⇒ “3.1 Transmis‐ are entered • ECU commu‐
sion Control in ATCU), nication, No
Module J217 ECU no failure
CAN-Bus, Ter‐ communi‐
minal Resist‐ cation for • CAN bus, Ac‐
ance, Check‐ more than tive
ing”, page 190 . 50 ms (In
case of re‐ • CAN bus data
peat rate is repeat rate,
over 25 ms, The space of
double val‐ time between
ue of repeat two received
rate is messages
used.) has not ex‐
ceeded dou‐
• ECU signal ble the trans‐
data freeze mission cycle
(Data coun‐ time.
ter (ID488,
Byte8,
Bit7...4) Not
updated)

P0865 TCM Com‐ – CAN communi‐ Detection of Time, 500 ms af‐ 250 ms —
munication cation check. communication ter Ign. On
Circuit Low Refer to error, CAN
⇒ “3.1 Transmis‐ BUS off condi‐
sion Control tion for more
Module J217 than 250 sec.
CAN-Bus, Ter‐
minal Resist‐
ance, Check‐
ing”, page 190 .

42 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

5.2 SAE P1xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes


Engine
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P1102 HO2S Heat‐ – Refer to Short to battery • Sensor heater 2 Seconds • Continu‐
er Control ⇒ “2.1 Heated positive->3.59 on, battery volt‐ ous
Circuit (Bank Oxygen Sensor Volts age 11.0– 15.5
1 Sensor 1) G39 before Cata‐ V • 2 DCY
High lytic Converter,
Checking Heater
Circuit”,
page 90 .
P1105 HO2S Heat‐ – Refer to Short to battery • Sensor heater, 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
er Control ⇒ “2.2 Oxygen positive, Signal on onds
Circuit (Bank Sensor after Cat‐ high
1 Sensor 2) alytic Converter
High G130, Checking
Heater Circuit”,
page 93 .
P1113 Internal Re‐ – Refer to Malfunction, • Sensor heater 6 Seconds • Continu‐
sistance too ⇒ “2.1 Heated 3.7 – 12.5 k on, 11.0–15.5 ous
Large (Bank Oxygen Sensor Ohm V
1, sensor 1) G39 before Cata‐ • 2 DCY
lytic Converter,
Checking Heater
Circuit”,
page 90 .
P1114 Internal re‐ – Refer to Malfunction, Sensor heater, on 6 Seconds • Continu‐
sistance too ⇒ “2.2 Oxygen >3.7 – 12.5 ous
large (Bank Sensor after Cat‐ kOhm
1, sensor 2) alytic Converter • 2 DCY
G130, Checking
Heater Circuit”,
page 93 .
P1115 HO2S Heat‐ – Refer to Short to Sensor heater off, 2 Seconds • Continu‐
er Control ⇒ “2.1 Heated ground, < 2.34 battery voltage ous
Circuit Low Oxygen Sensor Volts -11.0– 15.5 V
(Bank 1 Sen‐ G39 before Cata‐ • 2 DCY
sor 1) lytic Converter,
Checking Heater
Circuit”,
page 90 .
P1116 HO2S Heat‐ – Refer to Open circuit, Sensor heater 2 Seconds • Continu‐
er Control ⇒ “2.1 Heated 2.34 – 3.59 V off;battery volt‐ ous
Circuit (Bank Oxygen Sensor age-11.0– 15.5
1 Sensor 1) G39 before Cata‐ Volts • 2 DCY
lytic Converter,
Checking Heater
Circuit”,
page 90 .
P1117 HO2S Heat‐ – Refer to Short to Sensor heater-off 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
er Control ⇒ “2.2 Oxygen ground, Signal onds ous
Circuit Low Sensor after Cat‐ low
(Bank 1 Sen‐ alytic Converter • 2 DCY
sor 2) G130, Checking
Heater Circuit”,
page 93 .

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 43


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P1118 HO2S Heat‐ – Refer to Open Circuit — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
er Control ⇒ “2.2 Oxygen onds ous
Circuit (Bank Sensor after Cat‐
1 Sensor 2) alytic Converter • 2 DCY
G130, Checking
Heater Circuit”,
page 93 .
P1127 Bank 1, mix‐ – Refer to System too • Engine load, 30 Sec‐ • Continu‐
ture adaption ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ rich, >+23% 20-77% onds ous
(mult.) sys‐ tors N30, N31,
tem too rich N32, and N33, • Mass air, 30-60 • 2 DCY
Checking”, kg/h
page 114 . • Fuel adaption,
active (purge
– Refer to valve closed)
⇒ “2.3 EVAP
Canister Purge
Regulator Valve
N80, Checking”,
page 66 .

– Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Fuel Pres‐
sure, Checking”,
page 59 .
P1128 Bank 1, mix‐ – Refer to System too • Engine load, 30 Sec‐ • Continu‐
ture adaption ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ lean, <-23% 20-77% onds ous
(mult.) sys‐ tors N30, N31, within adaptive
tem too lean N32, and N33, range • Mass air, 30-60 • 2 DCY
Checking”, kg/h
page 114 . • Fuel adaption,
active (purge
– Refer to valve closed)
⇒ “2.3 EVAP
Canister Purge
Regulator Valve
N80, Checking”,
page 66 .

– Check fuel pres‐


sure regulator
and residual
pressure. Refer
to
⇒ “1.4 Fuel Pres‐
sure, Checking”,
page 59 .

44 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P1136 Bank 1, mix‐ – Refer to System too • Engine load, < 22 Sec‐ • Continu‐
ture adaption ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ lean, <-8% 1,160 RPM onds ous
(add.) sys‐ tors N30, N31,
tem too lean N32, and N33, • Mass air, < 22 • 2 DCY
Checking”, kg/h
page 114 . • < 22 kg/h Fuel
adaption, ac‐
– Refer to tive (purge
⇒ “2.3 EVAP valve closed)
Canister Purge
Regulator Valve
N80, Checking”,
page 66 .

– Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Fuel Pres‐
sure, Checking”,
page 59 .
P1137 Bank 1, mix‐ – Refer to System too • Engine load, < 22 Sec‐ • Continu‐
ture adaption ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ rich, >+8% 1,160 RPM onds ous
(add.) sys‐ tors N30, N31,
tem too rich N32, and N33, • Mass air, < 22 • 2 DCY
Checking”, kg/h
page 114 . • < 22 kg/h Fuel
adaption, ac‐
– Refer to tive (purge
⇒ “2.3 EVAP valve closed)
Canister Purge
Regulator Valve
N80, Checking”,
page 66 .

– Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Fuel Pres‐
sure, Checking”,
page 59 .
P1171 Angle send‐ – Refer to Unplausible — — —
er 2 for throt‐ ⇒ “2.4 Throttle signal compari‐
tle valve Valve Control son signal sen‐
drive -G188 Module J338, sor 2 vs. sen‐
implausible Checking”, sor 1 default Δ
signal page 99 > 13.0 %
P1172 Angle send‐ – Refer to Upper thresh‐ — 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
er 2 for throt‐ ⇒ “2.4 Throttle old, > 4.80 onds
tle valve Valve Control Volts
drive -G188 Module J338,
signal too Checking”,
low page 99
P1173 Angle send‐ – Refer to Lower thresh‐ — 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
er 2 for throt‐ ⇒ “2.4 Throttle old, < 0.16 onds
tle valve Valve Control Volts
drive -G188 Module J338,
signal too Checking”,
high page 99

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 45


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P1176 Bank 1, – Refer to System too • Mass air, 20 – — • Continu‐
Lambda cor‐ ⇒ “3.2 Oxygen rich/lean, +/- 100 kg/h ous
rection Sensor Heater af‐ 1,200 ms
downstream ter Catalytic Con‐ • Heater and • 2 DCY
of catalyst verter G130, electrical diag‐
control limit Checking”, nosis of sensor
reached page 120 . checked with‐
out error
• Catalyst temp,
> 300° C

P1213 Cylinder 1 In‐ – Refer to Short to battery — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐


jector Circuit ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ positive, Signal onds ous
High tors N30, N31, high while in‐
N32, and N33, jection valves • 2 DCY
Checking”, switched on
page 114 .
P1214 Cylinder 2 In‐ – Refer to Short to battery — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ positive, Signal onds ous
High tors N30, N31, high while in‐
N32, and N33, jection valves • 2 DCY
Checking”, switched on
page 114 .
P1215 Cylinder 3 In‐ – Refer to Short to battery — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ positive, Signal onds ous
High tors N30, N31, high while in‐
N32, and N33, jection valves • 2 DCY
Checking”, switched on
page 114 .
P1216 Cylinder 4 In‐ – Refer to Short to battery — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ positive, Signal onds ous
High tors N30, N31, high while in‐
N32, and N33, jection valves • 2 DCY
Checking”, switched on
page 114 .
P1225 Cylinder 1 In‐ – Refer to Short to — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ ground, Signal onds ous
Low tors N30, N31, low while injec‐
N32, and N33, tion valves • 2 DCY
Checking”, switched off
page 114 .
P1226 Cylinder 2 In‐ – Refer to Short to — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ ground, Signal onds ous
Low tors N30, N31, low while injec‐
N32, and N33, tion valves • 2 DCY
Checking”, switched off
page 114 .
P1227 Cylinder 3 In‐ – Refer to Short to — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ ground, Signal onds ous
Low tors N30, N31, low while injec‐
N32, and N33, tion valves • 2 DCY
Checking”, switched off
page 114 .
P1228 Cylinder 4 In‐ – Refer to Short to — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ ground, Signal onds ous
Low tors N30, N31, low while injec‐
N32, and N33, tion valves • 2 DCY
Checking”, switched off
page 114 .

46 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P1237 Cylinder 1 in‐ – Refer to Open circuit, — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
jector -N30 ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ Signal low onds ous
open circuit tors N30, N31, while injection
N32, and N33, valves switch‐ • 2 DCY
Checking”, ed off
page 114 .
P1238 Cylinder 2 in‐ – Refer to Open circuit, — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
jector -N31 ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ Signal low onds ous
open circuit tors N30, N31, while injection
N32, and N33, valves switch‐ • 2 DCY
Checking”, ed off
page 114 .
P1239 Cylinder 3 in‐ – Refer to Open circuit, — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
jector -N32 ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ Signal low onds ous
open circuit tors N30, N31, while injection
N32, and N33, valves switch‐ • 2 DCY
Checking”, ed off
page 114 .
P1240 Cylinder 4 in‐ – Refer to Open circuit, — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
jector -N33 ⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injec‐ Signal low onds ous
open circuit tors N30, N31, while injection
N32, and N33, valves switch‐ • 2 DCY
Checking”, ed off
page 114 .
P1335 Engine tor‐ – Refer to Torque control — — —
que monitor‐ ⇒ “2.3 Mass Air exceeds stored
ing 2 Value Flow Sensor control range
above upper G70, Checking”,
control limit page 95
P1337 Bank 1, – Refer to Comparison to — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Camshaft ⇒ “1.4 Camshaft engine speed onds ous
Position Position Sensor sensor-signal
(CMP) G40, Engine Co‐ low during 12 • 2 DCY
=>Sensor - des AWP and crankshaft ro‐
G40- Short AWW, and Cam‐ tations
to Ground shaft Position
(GND) Sensor 2 G163,
Engine Code
AWD, Checking”,
page 146
P1338 Bank 1, – Refer to Comparison to — 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Camshaft ⇒ “1.4 Camshaft engine speed onds
Position Position Sensor sensor signal
(CMP) Sen‐ G40, Engine Co‐ high during 12
sor -G40- = > des AWP and crankshaft ro‐
Open/short AWW, and Cam‐ tations
to Ground shaft Position
(GND) Sensor 2 G163,
Engine Code
AWD, Checking”,
page 146

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 47


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P1340 Camshaft – Refer to Signals com‐ • Engine Speed, 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Position ⇒ “1.4 Camshaft pared to engine 600-1,600 onds
Sensor G40, Position Sensor speed sensor RPM
Engine G40, Engine Co‐ signals (adap‐
Speed Sen‐ des AWP and tion), Adaption • ECT, > 60° C
sor G28 in‐ AWW, and Cam‐ values at limit
correct allo‐ shaft Position >16° KW
cation Sensor 2 G163,
Engine Code
AWD, Checking”,
page 146

– Refer to
⇒ “2.7 Engine
Speed Sensor
G28, Checking”,
page 110
P1341 Ignition Coil – Refer to Signals com‐ — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Power Out‐ ⇒ “1.7 Ignition pared to engine onds ous
put Stage 1 Coils with Power speed sensor
Short to Output Stage, signals-No al‐ • 2 DCY
Ground Checking”, tering signal at
(GND) page 154 . reference gap
P1359 Ignition acti‐ – Refer to Signal low, < 2 • Gear changes, 15 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
vation cylin‐ ⇒ “1.7 Ignition times during > 20 times onds
der 2 Short to Coils with Power
B+ Output Stage, • Vehicle speed,
Checking”, > 40 km/h
page 154 .
P1387 Internal Con‐ – Refer to • Short to bat‐ — 2 Seconds • 2 DCY
trol Module ⇒ “4.3 Motronic tery, > 4.88
Memory Engine Control V
Check Sum Module J220, Re‐
Error placing”, • Short to
page 125 . ground, <
0.14 V

P1388 Internal Con‐ – Refer to Torque control — — —


trol Module ⇒ “4.3 Motronic exceeds stored
Memory Engine Control control range
Check Sum Module J220, Re‐
Error placing”,
page 125 .
P1410 Evaporative – Refer to Short to battery Valve, on 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Emission ⇒ “2.3 EVAP + 2.2 - 4 A onds ous
(EVAP) Can‐ Canister Purge
ister Purge Regulator Valve • 2 DCY
Regulator N80, Checking”,
Valve -N80- page 66
Short to B+
P1421 Secondary – Refer to Short to ground Air valve, off 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Air Injection ⇒ “2.3 Secondary <6V onds ous
(AIR) Sole‐ Air Injection Sole‐
noid Valve - noid Valve N112, • 2 DCY
N112- Short Checking”,
to Ground page 135
(GND)

48 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P1422 Secondary – Refer to Short to battery Air valve, on 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Air Injection ⇒ “2.3 Secondary + 2.2 - 4.2 A onds ous
(AIR) Sole‐ Air Injection Sole‐
noid Valve - noid Valve N112, • 2 DCY
N112- Short Checking”,
to B+ page 135
P1424 Bank 1, Sec‐ – Refer to Flow check air Secondary Air In‐ 60 Sec‐ • Once/
ondary Air ⇒ “2.2 Combina‐ flow >8 kg/h jection, Active onds DCY
System Leak tion Valve,
Detected Checking”, • 2 DCY
page 134 .

– Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Secondary
Air Injection
Pump Motor
V101, Checking”,
page 141
P1425 Evaporative – Refer to Short to ground Valve, off 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Emission ⇒ “2.3 EVAP <3V onds ous
(EVAP) Can‐ Canister Purge
ister Purge Regulator Valve • 2 DCY
Regulator N80, Checking”,
Valve -N80- page 66
Short to
Ground
(GND)
P1426 Evaporative – Refer to Open circuit Valve, off 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Emission ⇒ “2.3 EVAP 4.5 - 5.5 V onds ous
System Canister Purge
Purge Con‐ Regulator Valve • 2 DCY
trol Valve N80, Checking”,
Circuit Open page 66
P1432 Secondary – Refer to Open circuit Air valve, off 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Air Injection ⇒ “2.3 Secondary 9.25 – 11.25 V onds ous
System Air Injection Sole‐
Switching noid Valve N112, • 2 DCY
Valve (A) Checking”,
Circuit Open page 135
P1433 Secondary – Refer to Open circuit Pump relay, Off 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
air pump re‐ ⇒ “2.4 Secondary 4.5 – 5.5 V onds ous
lay-J299 Air Injection
open circuit Pump Relay • 2 DCY
J299, Checking”,
page 137
P1434 Secondary – Refer to Short to battery Pump relay, On 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Air Injection ⇒ “2.4 Secondary + 0.6 – 1.2 A onds ous
(AIR) Pump Air Injection
Relay -J299- Pump Relay • 2 DCY
Short to B+ J299, Checking”,
page 137
P1435 Secondary – Refer to Short to Pump relay, Off 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
Air Injection ⇒ “2.4 Secondary ground-< 3 V onds ous
(AIR) Pump Air Injection
Relay -J299- Pump Relay • 2 DCY
Short to J299, Checking”,
Ground page 137
(GND)

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 49


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P1467 Evaporative – Refer to Short to battery Valve, On 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Emission ⇒ “2.3 EVAP + 2.7 - 5.5 A onds
(EVAP) Can‐ Canister Purge
ister Purge Regulator Valve
Solenoid N80, Checking”,
Valve Short page 66
to B+
P1468 Evaporative – Refer to Short to ground Valve, Off 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Emission ⇒ “2.3 EVAP <3V onds
(EVAP) Can‐ Canister Purge
ister Purge Regulator Valve
Solenoid N80, Checking”,
Valve Short page 66
to Ground
P1469 Evaporative – Refer to Open circuit Valve, Off 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Emission ⇒ “2.3 EVAP 4.5 - 5.5 V onds
(EVAP) Can‐ Canister Purge
ister Purge Regulator Valve
Solenoid N80, Checking”,
Valve Open page 66
P1471 EVAP Emis‐ – Refer to Short to battery Signal always high 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
sion Control ⇒ “2.4 Leak De‐ + > 5.2 V onds
LDP Circuit tection Pump
Short to B+ V144, Checking”,
page 68
P1472 EVAP Emis‐ – Refer to Short to ground No signal after en‐ 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
sion Control ⇒ “2.4 Leak De‐ < 1.2 V gine start onds
LDP Circuit tection Pump
Short to V144, Checking”,
Ground page 68
(GND)
P1473 Leak diagno‐ – Refer to Open circuit No activity / No 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
sis pump - ⇒ “2.4 Leak De‐ 1.2 – 5.2 V signal onds
tank breath‐ tection Pump
er system V144, Checking”,
open circuit page 68

50 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P1475 Leak diagno‐ – Refer to Contact unable • LDP, Off — • Once/
sis pump - ⇒ “2.4 Leak De‐ to close-Signal DCY
tank breath‐ tection Pump always low • Purge Valve,
er system V144, Checking”, Closed • 2 DCY
malfunction/ page 68 • Error message
no signal after purge
valve check
• Ambient tem‐
perature, >
-9.75 °C
• Altitude, <
2.500 m
• Δ ambient
pressure, > 6
hPa
• Restart tem‐
perature differ‐
ence, > 5 K
• Time after en‐
gine start, >
240 sec
• Intake vacuum
pressure, > 130
hPa
• IAT, < 45° C
• Engine temper‐
ature, < 95° C
• Vehicle speed,
> 13 mph

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 51


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P1476 Leak diagno‐ – Refer to Contact unable • LDP, Off — • Once/
sis pump - ⇒ “2.4 Leak De‐ to open-Signal DCY
tank breath‐ tection Pump always high • Purge Valve,
er system V144, Checking”, Closed • 2 DCY
malfunction / page 68 • Error message
vacuum to after purge
low valve check
• Ambient tem‐
perature, >
-9.75 °C
• Altitude, <
2.500 m
• Δ ambient
pressure, > 6
hPa
• Restart tem‐
perature differ‐
ence, > 5 K
• Time after en‐
gine start, >
240 sec
• Intake vacuum
pressure, > 130
hPa
• IAT, < 45° C
• Engine temper‐
ature, < 95° C
• Vehicle speed,
> 13 mph

P1500 Fuel Pump – Refer to Open circuit or — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐


Primary Cir‐ ⇒ “4.4 Fuel Pump Short to onds ous
cuit Fault in Relay J17, ground-Signal
electrical cir‐ Checking”, low • 2 DCY
cuit page 126
P1502 Fuel Pump – Refer to Short to battery — 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
(FP) Relay - ⇒ “4.4 Fuel Pump positive-signal onds ous
J17- Short to Relay J17, high
B+ Checking”, • 2 DCY
page 126
P1542 Angle send‐ – Refer to Unplausible — 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
er 1 for throt‐ ⇒ “2.4 Throttle signal compari‐ onds
tle valve Valve Control son signal sen‐
drive -G187 Module J338, sor 1 vs.sensor
implausible Checking”, 2 default Δ >
signal page 99 13.0 %
P1543 Angle send‐ – Refer to Lower thresh‐ — 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
er 1 for throt‐ ⇒ “2.4 Throttle old, < 0.20 onds
tle valve Valve Control Volts
drive -G187 Module J338,
signal too Checking”,
low page 99

52 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P1544 Angle send‐ – Refer to Upper thresh‐ — 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
er 1 for throt‐ ⇒ “2.4 Throttle old ,> 4.61 onds
tle valve Valve Control Volts
drive -G187 Module J338,
signal too Checking”,
high page 99
P1545 Throttle – Refer to • 80 % of — 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
valve control ⇒ “2.4 Throttle maximum onds
system mal‐ Valve Control current, > 5
function Module J338, sec.
Checking”,
page 99 OR
• Throttle
valve angle
deviation- Δ
max=
4-50%

P1558 Throttle – Refer to Open 15% t >= • Ignition, on 5 Seconds • 2 DCY


valve drive - ⇒ “2.4 Throttle 0.14 sec. then
G186 electri‐ Valve Control close to < 6% t • Engine RPM, 0
cal fault in Module J338, > 0.56 sec. rpm
circuit Checking”, • IAT, > 5° C
page 99
• Vehicle speed,
1.5 mph
• ECT, > 5° C

P1559 Throttle – Refer to Comparison of — 5 Seconds • 2 DCY


valve control ⇒ “2.4 Throttle upper and low‐
part -J338- Valve Control er reference
Fault in basic Module J338, points with
settings Checking”, stored limits
page 99
P1565 Throttle – Refer to Voltage ranges • IAT, > 5° C 5 Seconds • 2 DCY
valve control ⇒ “2.4 Throttle • Sensor 1
part -J338- Valve Control 0.23-0.82V • Vehicle speed,
lower stop Module J338, 1.5 mph
not reached Checking”, • Sensor 2
page 99 4.20-4.77V • ECT, > 5° C

P1568 Throttle – Refer to Open 15% t >= • Ignition, on 5 Seconds • 2 DCY


Valve Con‐ ⇒ “2.4 Throttle 0.14 sec. then
trol Module - Valve Control close to < 6% t • Engine RPM, 0
J338- Me‐ Module J338, > 0.56 sec. rpm
chanical Checking”, • IAT, > 5° C
malfunction page 99
• Vehicle speed,
1.5 mph
• ECT, > 5° C

P1604 Internal Con‐ – Refer to 80 % of maxi‐ — 0.6 Sec‐ • 2 DCY


trol Module ⇒ “4.3 Motronic mum current-> onds
Memory Engine Control 0.6 sec.
Check Sum Module J220, Re‐
Error placing”,
page 125 .

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 53


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P1630 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to Lower thresh‐ — 0.6 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
al Position ⇒ “3.2 Throttle old < 0.61 V onds
Sensor/ Position Sensor
Switch -C- G79 and Acceler‐
Circuit Low ator Pedal Posi‐
tion Sensor 2
G185, Checking”,
page 72 .
P1631 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to Upper thresh‐ — 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
al Position ⇒ “3.2 Throttle old > 4.82 V onds
Sensor/ Position Sensor
Switch -C- G79 and Acceler‐
Circuit High ator Pedal Posi‐
tion Sensor 2
G185, Checking”,
page 72 .
P1633 Accelerator – Refer to Lower thresh‐ — 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
pedal posi‐ ⇒ “3.2 Throttle old < 0.61 V onds
tion sensor 2 Position Sensor
-G185 signal G79 and Acceler‐
too low ator Pedal Posi‐
tion Sensor 2
G185, Checking”,
page 72 .
P1634 Accelerator – Refer to Upper thresh‐ — 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
pedal posi‐ ⇒ “3.2 Throttle old > 4.82 V onds
tion sensor 2 Position Sensor
-G185 signal G79 and Acceler‐
too high ator Pedal Posi‐
tion Sensor 2
G185, Checking”,
page 72 .
P1639 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to Comparison — 0.5 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
al Position ⇒ “3.2 Throttle signal Sensor 1 onds
Sensor/ Position Sensor vs. Sensor 2
Switch -C- G79 and Acceler‐ Delta > 0.21 –
Circuit ator Pedal Posi‐ 1.11 V
Range/Per‐ tion Sensor 2
formance G185, Checking”,
page 72 .
P1649 Data-bus- – Check CAN BUS No response Engine running 0.5 Sec‐ • Continu‐
drivetrain connection be‐ within time onds ous
missing mes‐ tween Motronic frame within
sage from Engine Control 0.05 sec. • 2 DCY
ABS control Module (ECM) -
module J220- and ABS
Control Module -
J104- . Refer to
Brakes, Repair
group 45.

54 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

5.3 SAE P2xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes


09A Transmission
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time of checks,
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length MIL Illumi‐
ue nation
P2122 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to Signal invalid, CAN-bus must be 30 ms —
al Position ⇒ “3.2 Throttle Error value re‐ active
Sensor/ Position Sensor ceived
Switch "D" G79 and Acceler‐
Circuit Low ator Pedal Posi‐
Input tion Sensor 2
G185, Checking”,
page 72 .
P2637 Torque Man‐ – Refer to ECM not able CAN-bus must be 30 ms —
agement ⇒ “3.1 Transmis‐ to follow the active
Feedback sion Control Mod‐ torque request,
Signal “A” ule J217 CAN- Bit torque man‐
Bus, Terminal agement is set
Resistance,
Checking”,
page 190 .

5. Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables 55


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

20 – Fuel Supply
1 Fuel Supply System, Servicing
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 56 .
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 57 .
⇒ “1.3 Fuel Pump Electrical, Testing”, page 57 .
⇒ “1.4 Fuel Pressure, Checking”, page 59 .
⇒ “1.5 Fuel Pump, Checking Delivery Quantity”, page 61 .

For all fuel supply system component locations. Refer to Engine


Mechanical, Repair Group 20.
For all fuel supply system removal/installation procedures and
torque specifications. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Repair Group
20.
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede
any information included in this manual. Refer to ⇒ EBAHN-
Website .

Note

♦ All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may


contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may
be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are avail‐
able for purchase through VW. Refer to ⇒ Tool catalog .
♦ Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that con‐
tain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced
in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or in‐
stallation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used,
an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same
manner as the manufacturers special tool.

1.1 Safety Precautions

Caution

The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials


to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibi‐
ted and may cause damage to the electrical harness connec‐
tors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the
manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test
lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors.

56 Rep. Gr.20 - Fuel Supply


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Caution

♦ The fuel system is under pressure! Before opening the sys‐


tem, place rags around the connection area. Then release
the pressure by carefully loosening the connection.
♦ The engine section of the fuel system, after the high pres‐
sure pump, is under extremely high pressure! When work‐
ing on the engine or the fuel injection system, the pressure
must be relieved to residual pressure before opening the
high pressure components. Refer to Fuel Injection & Igni‐
tion, Repair Group 24.
♦ Place sources of flame, e.g. cigarette lighters, as well as
those sources of others in the area, out of reach. These can
ignite fuel vapors.

Perform the following steps before beginning work on the fuel


supply system:
♦ Disconnect the battery Ground (GND) cable with the ignition
switched off. Refer to Electrical Equipment, Repair Group 27.
♦ Open the fuel filler flap briefly and then close again.
When removing and installing components from full or partially full
fuel tanks, observe the following:
♦ The fuel tank must only be partially full. How much fuel can
remain in the fuel tank may be read in the respective work
description. Empty the fuel tank if necessary .
♦ Before starting work, switch on the exhaust extraction system
and place an extraction hose close to the installation opening
of the fuel tank to extract escaping fuel fumes. If no exhaust
extraction system is available, a radial fan (as long as motor
is not in air flow) with a displacement greater than 15 m3/h can
be used.
♦ Prevent fuel from contacting the skin! Wear fuel-resistant
gloves!

1.2 Clean Working Conditions


When working on the fuel supply/injection system, pay careful at‐
tention to the following Clean Working Conditions:
♦ Thoroughly clean all connections and the surrounding area
before disconnecting.
♦ Place parts that have been removed on a clean surface and
cover them. Do not use fluffy cloths!
♦ Carefully cover over opened components or seal, if repairs are
not performed immediately.
♦ Only install clean components: Only unpack replacement
parts immediately prior to installation. Do not use parts that
have been stored unpacked (e.g. in tool boxes etc.).
♦ When the system is open: Do not work with compressed air.
Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary.

1.3 Fuel Pump Electrical, Testing


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Hand held remote control (jumper) .
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Electrical connector test lead set .

1. Fuel Supply System, Servicing 57


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Test requirements
• Battery voltage at least 11.5 volts.
• Fuel Pump (FP) Fuse 28 OK.
• Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- OK.
Checking voltage supply
– Remove the rear seat bench. Refer to Body Interior, Repair
Group 72.
– Disconnect the Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) -G6- electrical har‐
ness connector.
– Using a Multimeter , check the Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) -G6-
electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 4 for voltage.
Specified value: battery (+).
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an
open circuit.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the electrical circuit.
If the specified value was obtained:
– Connect a Hand held remote control (jumper) to terminal -1-
of the fuel pump electrical harness connector and to the vehi‐
cle battery (+).

– Connect a jumper cable from a Electrical connector test lead


set to terminal -4- of the fuel delivery unit and to vehicle Ground
(GND).
– Press switch on the Hand held remote control (jumper) .

Note

The Fuel Pump (FP) runs quietly. Avoid surrounding noises while
testing the fuel pump.

– Listen for an operating noise from the fuel pump.


If no operating noise is heard:
– Remove the fuel delivery unit. Refer to Engine Mechanical,
Repair Group 20, Fuel Supply.

58 Rep. Gr.20 - Fuel Supply


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the electrical circuit between ter‐


minals -1- and -4- of the fuel delivery unit and the fuel pump
for continuity.
Specified value: 0 ohms.
If a malfunction is detected in the electrical circuit:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an
open circuit.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the electrical circuit.
– If no malfunction is detected in electrical circuit, replace the
fuel pump. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Repair Group 20, Fuel
Supply.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

1.4 Fuel Pressure, Checking


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Fuel pressure gauge

WARNING

Fuel supply line is under pressure! Wear protective goggles


and protective clothing to prevent injuries and contact with skin.
Before loosening hose connections, place rags around the
connection point. Then release pressure by carefully pulling on
hose.

– Remove the fuel supply line -3- and catch leaking fuel using a
rag.

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

1. Fuel Supply System, Servicing 59


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Install a Fuel pressure gauge and hold into a measuring con‐


tainer.
– Open the shut-off valve of the Fuel pressure gauge .
– Switch the ignition on and off until the fuel pressure on no lon‐
ger rises.
– Check the indicated fuel pressure on the Fuel pressure gauge .
Specified value: 2.5 bar minimum.
If specified value is obtained:
– Check the return line between the fuel filter and the fuel pump
for kinks and blockage.
If no malfunction is found in the return line between the fuel filter
and the fuel pump:
– The pressure relief valve in the fuel filter is malfunctioning, re‐
place the fuel filter.
If specified value is not obtained:
– Check the fuel pressure in front of the fuel filter.

– Connect a High pressure fuel gauge between the fuel filter and
the fuel supply line.
– Open the shut-off valve of the Fuel pressure gauge .
– Start the engine and let it run at idle.

Caution

Shut-off valve must only be closed slowly. At a fuel pressure


of 8 bar, shut-off valve must be opened again immediately to
prevent damage to pressure measuring device.

– Slowly close the shut-off valve of the Fuel pressure gauge .


Pressure must increase to min. 6.0 bar. If 6 bar is reached,
open shut-off valve again immediately!
If the fuel pressure increases:
– The pressure relief valve in the fuel filter is malfunctioning, re‐
place the fuel filter.
If the fuel pressure does not increase:
– Replace the fuel pump. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Repair
Group 20, Fuel Supply.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

60 Rep. Gr.20 - Fuel Supply


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

1.5 Fuel Pump, Checking Delivery Quantity


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Hand held remote control (jumper) .
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Electrical connector test lead set .
♦ Fuel pressure test set .
♦ Measuring container, fuel-resistant .
Test conditions
• Battery voltage 12.5 V
• Fuel filter OK
• Fuel tank at least 1/4 filled.
• Fuel pressure regulator OK.
• Ignition switched off.

WARNING

Fuel supply line is under pressure! Wear protective goggles


and protective clothing to prevent injuries and contact with skin.
Before loosening hose connections, place rags around the
connection point. Then release pressure by carefully pulling on
hose.

Procedure
– Remove fuel filler cap from fuel filler tube.
– Remove the rear seat bench. Refer to Body Interior, Repair
Group 72.
– Connect a Hand held remote control (jumper) to terminal -1-
of the fuel delivery unit and to vehicle battery (+).
– Connect a jumper cable from a Electrical connector test lead
set to terminal 4 of the fuel delivery unit and to vehicle Ground
(GND).

WARNING

Fuel supply line is under pressure! Wear protective goggles


and protective clothing to prevent injuries and contact with skin.
Before loosening hose connections, place rags around the
connection point. Then release pressure by carefully pulling on
hose.

1. Fuel Supply System, Servicing 61


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Disconnect the fuel supply line -3- and catch escaping fuel
using a rag.

Note

Press in securing ring to disengage the fuel lines.

– Connect a Fuel pressure gauge between the fuel filter and fuel
supply line.

– Connect a fuel line from the Fuel pressure gauge to the dis‐
connected fuel return line and hold it in the measuring con‐
tainer .

WARNING

Danger of spraying when opening shut-off valve; wear protec‐


tive goggles and protective clothing to prevent injuries and
contact with skin. Hold container in front of open connection of
pressure measuring device.

– Close the shut-off valve of Fuel pressure gauge .


– Press switch on the Hand held remote control (jumper) while
opening the shut-off valve slowly until 4 bar positive pressure
is indicated on pressure gauge. Do not change position of the
shut-off valve.
– Empty into the measuring container.
Delivery rate of the fuel pump is dependent on the battery voltage.
– Operate the remote control for 30 seconds.
– Using a Multimeter , check battery voltage while the fuel pump
is running.

62 Rep. Gr.20 - Fuel Supply


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Compare the fuel quantity pumped with the specified value.


*) Minimum delivery rate cm3/30 s
**) Voltage at the fuel pump with the engine off and the fuel pump
running (approx. 2 Volts less than battery voltage).
Read-out example:
During test, a voltage of 12.5 Volts is measured at battery. Since
voltage at the pump is approx. 2 Volts less than battery voltage,
there is a minimum delivery rate of approx. 580 cm3/30 s.
If the minimum delivery rate is not obtained:
– Check fuel lines for restrictions (kinks) or clogging.
If no malfunction can be found:
– Disconnect the supply hose from the fuel filter input.

– Connect a Fuel pressure gauge between the fuel filter and fuel
supply line.
– Repeat the delivery rate test.
If the minimum delivery rate is obtained:
– Replace the fuel filter.
If the minimum delivery rate is not obtained:
– Remove the fuel pump and check the strainer filter for dirt.
If no malfunctions have been found:
– Replace the fuel pump. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Repair
Group 20, Fuel Supply.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

1. Fuel Supply System, Servicing 63


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

2 EVAP System
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “2.1 EVAP System, Detecting Leaks”, page 64 .
⇒ “2.2 EVAP System, Checking for Leaks”, page 65 .
⇒ “2.3 EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking”, page 66 .
⇒ “2.4 Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking”, page 68 .

For all EVAP system component locations and hose routing. Re‐
fer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection & Ignition, Repair Group
20.
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede
any information included in this manual. Refer to ⇒ EBAHN-
Website .

Note

♦ All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may


contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may
be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are avail‐
able for purchase through VW. Refer to ⇒ Tool catalog .
♦ Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that con‐
tain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced
in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or in‐
stallation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used,
an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same
manner as the manufacturers special tool.
♦ The manufacturers test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31-
is available for purchase or rental. Refer to the ⇒ Tool catalog .

2.1 EVAP System, Detecting Leaks


Function
The leak detection system recognizes leaks in the complete fuel
system, including the fuel tank, EVAP canister and the Evapora‐
tive Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- .
On the mechanical side, the leak detection system consists main‐
ly of a vacuum-driven diaphragm pump equipped with a reed
contact on the actuation rod of the pump diaphragm. The pump
is supplied with vacuum by the engine intake stroke.
♦ When leak detection is activated, the diaphragm pump pumps
the fuel system up to 20 - 30 mbar. The pump diaphragm is
then moved out so that the reed contact at the operating rod
remains in the “open” position.
♦ During the leak diagnosis, the reed contact is monitored to
check if it remains open within 10 seconds. This indicates the
system is sealed.
♦ If the pressure falls (indicating a leak), the diaphragm moves
back and the reed contact closes.
♦ If the reed contact closes within 10 seconds of leak detection
time, a further test is performed: In this case the diaphragm
pump pumps four times again. The Motronic Engine Control
Module (ECM) -J220- measures the time for each of the four
pumps until the reed contact is closed again. From that, the

64 Rep. Gr.20 - Fuel Supply


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

control module can recognize a “small leak” (greater than 1


mm in diameter) or a “large leak”.
Leak diagnosis is activated automatically shortly following every
engine start. If a malfunction is determined, an entry is made to
the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory. The Malfunction In‐
dicator Lamp (MIL) -K83- in the instrument cluster lights up if the
malfunction is recognized for two subsequent starts.

2.2 EVAP System, Checking for Leaks


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Smoke tester .
♦ EVAP and Fuel Supply System Vacuum hose and line routing
diagram.

Note

♦ Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate


for the model type ⇒ Parts catalog .
♦ Replace seals and gaskets when performing repair work.

Leak checking
– Using a Smoke tester , check the Evaporative Emission
(EVAP) canister system for leaks.

Note

Always follow the manufacturers directions for the proper instal‐


lation and operation of the Smoke tester being used.

If a leak is detected:
– Check the fuel filler cap seal for damage and for proper instal‐
lation. Replace if necessary.
– Check the seals under the locking flanges and the union nuts
are properly tightened on the fuel tank.
– Check all hose connections of the fuel supply system and re‐
place or repair any leaking lines.
– Check all hose connections of the EVAP system and replace
or repair any leaking lines.
– Repair or replace any damaged component.
If no leaks are found in the EVAP and Fuel Supply System:
– Erase the DTC memory if a DTC was set. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If a DTC was set and does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no leaks are found in the EVAP and
Fuel Supply System:
– Check the DTC memory for any DTC codes pertaining to the
EVAP and Fuel Supply Systems. If a DTC is stored, perform
the diagnostic test procedure for the suspected component.

2. EVAP System 65
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
End diagnosis.

2.3 EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve


N80, Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator
Valve -N80- fuse OK.
• The Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- OK.
• The ignition switched off.

Note

Voltage for the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge


Regulator Valve -N80- is supplied by the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay
-J17- .

Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to Fuel Injection
& Ignition, Repair Group 24.
– Disconnect the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge
Regulator Valve -N80- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
Checking internal resistance

– Using a Multimeter , check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP)


Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- terminals 1 and 2 for
resistance.
Specified value: 22,0 to 30,0 Ω.
If the specified value is not obtained:
– Replace the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge
Regulator Valve -N80- .
If the specification is obtained:
Checking voltage supply

66 Rep. Gr.20 - Fuel Supply


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the electrical harness connector


terminal 1 to 2 for voltage.
– Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained:

– Using a Multimeter , check the electrical harness connector


terminal 1 for voltage.
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Measure to
Canister Purge Regulator Valve -
N80- electrical harness connector
terminal
1 Engine Ground (GND)
– Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value is not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection from the electrical harness con‐
nector terminal 1 to the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- terminal
23/87 for an open circuit.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained:
Check Ground (GND) activation

– Using a Multimeter , check the electrical harness connector for


voltage.
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Can‐ Measure to
ister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-
electrical harness connector termi‐
nal
2 Battery positive (+)
– Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained:
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to ⇒ page 125 .

2. EVAP System 67
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP)


Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical connector
terminal 2 to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220-
electrical connector T121 terminal 5 for an open circuit.
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Motronic Engine Control
Canister Purge Regulator Valve - Module (ECM) -J220- elec‐
N80- electrical harness connector trical harness connector
terminal T121 terminal test box sock‐
et
2 64
Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.
If the specification is not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an
open circuit.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to Fuel Injection & Ignition, Repair Group 24.
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

2.4 Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- fuse OK.
• The Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- OK.

68 Rep. Gr.20 - Fuel Supply


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

• The ignition switched off.


Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Remove the right rear wheel housing liner. Refer to Body Ex‐
terior, Repair Group 66.
– Disconnect the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical
harness connector -arrow-.
Checking internal resistance

– Using a Multimeter , check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -


V144- for resistance as follows:
Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- Specified values
electrical harness connector termi‐
nals
1+3 640 to 720 Ω
2+3 12.5 to 19.5 Ω
If any of the specifications are not obtained:
– Replace the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- . Refer to
Engine Mechanical, Repair Group 20, Fuel Supply.
If the specified values are obtained:
Checking voltage supply

Note

The voltage for the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- is sup‐
plied by the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- .

– Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- for voltage.

– Using a Multimeter , check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --


V144-- electrical harness connector terminal 3 for voltage.
Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- Measure to
electrical harness connector terminal
3 Engine Ground (GND)
– Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained:

2. EVAP System 69
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --


V144-- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Fuel
Pump (FP) Relay -J17- terminal 23/87 for an open circuit.
Specified value: Wire resistance max 1.5 Ω.
If the specification is not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an
open circuit.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply
was OK:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Using a Multimeter , check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --
V144-- electrical connector terminal 1 to Motronic Engine Con‐
trol Module (ECM) -J220- electrical connector T121 terminal
40 for an open circuit.

70 Rep. Gr.20 - Fuel Supply


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --


V144-- electrical connector terminals to the Motronic Engine
Control Module (ECM) -J220- electrical connector T121 ter‐
minals for an open circuit.
Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -- Motronic Engine Control
V144-- electrical harness connec‐ Module (ECM) -J220- elec‐
tor terminals trical harness connector
T121 terminals or test box
socket
1 80
2 25
Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.
If the specification is not obtained:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Assembly is performed in the reverse order of the removal, note
the following:
– Install the right rear wheel housing liner. Refer to Body Exte‐
rior, Repair Group 66.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

2. EVAP System 71
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

3 Electronic Engine Power Control


The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “3.1 Electronic Power Control System”, page 72 .
⇒ “3.2 Throttle Position Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185, Checking”, page 72 .

3.1 Electronic Power Control System


For “EPC”, the throttle valve is not operated by a cable from the
accelerator pedal. There is no mechanical connection between
the accelerator pedal and the throttle valve.
The position of the accelerator pedal is communicated to Motronic
Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- by Throttle Position (TP)
Sensor -G79- / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185 - (var‐
iable resistances; stored in one housing) that are connected with
the accelerator pedal.
The accelerator pedal position (driver's intention) is a main input
unit for the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Operation of the throttle valve occurs by an electric motor ( Throt‐
tle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G186- ) in the
Throttle Valve Control Module - J338- . This is true across the
entire engine speed and engine load spectrum.
Throttle valve is operated by Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power
Control (EPC)) -G186- according to specifications of Motronic
Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
With engine off and ignition switched on, Motronic Engine Control
Module (ECM) -J220- controls the Throttle Drive (for Electronic
Power Control (EPC)) - G186- exactly according to specifications
of Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- / Accelerator Pedal Posi‐
tion Sensor 2 -G185 - . This means, if the accelerator pedal is
depressed half way, the Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Con‐
trol (EPC)) -G186- opens the throttle valve to the same degree;
i.e. throttle valve is then opened approx. half way.
With engine running (under load), Motronic Engine Control Mod‐
ule (ECM) -J220- can open or close the throttle valve independ‐
ently of Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- / Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor 2 -G185- .
This means, for example, that the throttle valve could be fully
opened even though the accelerator pedal has only been de‐
pressed half way. This has the advantage of preventing torque
losses at the throttle valve.
In addition to this, it results in significantly better values relative
to emissions and consumption under certain load conditions.
It would be incorrect to think that “EPC” consists of only one or
two components. “EPC” is much more of a system containing all
components that contribute to recognizing, controlling and moni‐
toring the position of the throttle valve.
– Observe all Safety Precautions.
– Observe the Clean Working Conditions.

3.2 Throttle Position Sensor G79 and Ac‐


celerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185,
Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required

72 Rep. Gr.20 - Fuel Supply


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram
Test requirement
• The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J220- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.

Note

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing the electrical har‐


ness connector terminals in Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- .

Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ page 125
Start diagnosis
– Remove the drivers side footwell cover.
– Disconnect the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- / Acceler‐
ator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- 6-pin electrical harness
connector.
Checking voltage supply and wiring
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter , check the following wiring connections for
voltage.
Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- / Ac‐ Specified value
celerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-
electrical harness connector terminals
1 to Ground (GND) about 5 V
1 to 5 about 5 V
2 to Ground (GND) about 5 V
2 to 3 about 5 V
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained:
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to ⇒ page 125 .

3. Electronic Engine Power Control 73


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -


G79- / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- electrical
harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control
Module (ECM) -J220- electrical connector T121 for an open
circuit.
Throttle Position (TP) Sensor - Motronic Engine Control
G79- / Accelerator Pedal Posi‐ Module (ECM) -J220- electri‐
tion Sensor 2 -G185- electrical cal harness connector T121
harness connector terminals terminals or test box sockets
1 72
2 73
3 36
4 35
5 33
6 34
Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.
If the specification is not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply
was OK:
– Replace the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- / Accelerator
Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- . Refer to Engine Mechanical,
Fuel Injection & Ignition, Repair Group 20.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply
was not OK:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to ⇒ page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to ⇒ page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to ⇒ page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

74 Rep. Gr.20 - Fuel Supply


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

21 – Turbocharger, G-Charger
1 Turbocharger
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “1.1 General Information”, page 75 .
⇒ “1.2 Safety Precautions”, page 76 .
⇒ “1.3 Clean Working Conditions”, page 76 .
⇒ “1.4 Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249, Checking”, page 77 .
⇒ “1.5 Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75, Checking”, page 79 .

For all Turbocharger, G-Charger component locations. Refer to


Engine Mechanical, Repair Group 21, Turbocharger, G-Charger.
For all Turbocharger, G-Charger removal/installation procedures
and torque specifications. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Repair
Group 21, Turbocharger, G-Charger.
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede
any information included in this manual. Refer to ⇒ EBAHN-
Website .

Note

♦ All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may


contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may
be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are avail‐
able for purchase through VW. Refer to ⇒ Tool catalog .
♦ Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that con‐
tain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced
in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or in‐
stallation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used,
an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same
manner as the manufacturers special tool.
♦ The manufacturers test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31-
is available for purchase or rental. Refer to the ⇒ Tool catalog .

1.1 General Information


♦ Charge air system must be properly sealed.
♦ Always replace self-locking nuts.
♦ Charge air hoses and pipes as well as their connections must
be free of oil and grease before re-installing.
♦ Do not assemble charge air hoses and lines with lubricants
containing oils, only coat with water (without additives) if nec‐
essary.
♦ Note installation marks on hoses and components.
♦ All hose connections for charge air system are secured by
spring-type clamps or by connector couplings.
♦ Install only approved clamps for securing hose connections ⇒
Electronic Parts Catalog“ETKA” .
♦ Pliers for spring clamps -VAS 5024 A- or Hose clamp pliers -
V.A.G 1921- are recommended for installing spring clamps.

1. Turbocharger 75
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

♦ For connector couplings, always note the following points:


– Disengage connector coupling by pulling securing clip
-arrow-.
– Disconnect hose and pipe without the assistance of tools.
– When assembling, make sure the retaining tabs -A- are en‐
gaged securely.
♦ Before screwing on oil supply line, fill turbocharger with engine
oil at filler tube.
♦ After installing turbocharger, let engine idle for approx. 1 mi‐
nute without increasing engine speed. This ensures adequate
oil supply to the turbocharger.

1.2 Safety Precautions

Caution

Observe the following for all installations, especially in engine


compartment due to lack of room:
♦ Route lines of all types (e.g. for fuel, hydraulic, EVAP can‐
ister system, coolant and refrigerant, brake fluid, vacuum)
and electrical wiring so that the original path is followed.
♦ Watch for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot compo‐
nents.

If special testing equipment is required during road test, note the


following:

WARNING

♦ Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat


and operated from there by a second person.
♦ If test and measuring equipment is operated from the pas‐
senger seat, the person seated there could be injured in the
event of an accident involving deployment of the passen‐
ger-side airbag.

Caution

The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials


to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibi‐
ted and may cause damage to the electrical harness connec‐
tors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the
manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test
lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors.

1.3 Clean Working Conditions


When working on turbocharger, carefully observe the following
Clean Working Conditions:

76 Rep. Gr.21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

♦ Thoroughly clean all connections and the surrounding area


before disconnecting.
♦ Place parts that have been removed on a clean surface and
cover. Use lint-free cloths only!
♦ Carefully cover over opened components or seal, if repairs are
not carried out immediately.
♦ Only install clean components: Only unpack replacement
parts immediately prior to installation. Do not use parts that
have been stored loose (in tool boxes etc.)
♦ Transport and protective packaging and sealing caps are to
be removed only immediately prior to installation.
♦ During repairs, clean oil from connections and hose ends.
♦ When the system is open: Avoid working with compressed air
if possible. Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary.

1.4 Turbocharger Recirculating Valve


N249, Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J220- fuses OK.
• The Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• On vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in po‐
sition “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.

Note

Voltage for the Turbocharger Recirculating Valve -N249- is sup‐


plied by the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- .

Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to Fuel Injection
& Ignition, Repair Group 24.
Checking internal resistance
– Disconnect the Turbocharger Recirculating Valve -N249- elec‐
trical harness connector.

1. Turbocharger 77
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Turbocharger Recirculating


Valve -N249- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 20 to 35 Ω (at approx. 20° C)
If the specification was not obtained:
– Replace the Turbocharger Recirculating Valve -N249- Refer
to Engine Mechanical, Repair Group 21, Turbocharger, G-
Charger.
If the specification was obtained:
Checking Voltage supply

– Using a multimeter , check the Turbocharger Recirculating


Valve -N249- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to
Ground (GND).
Turbocharger Recirculating Valve -N249- Measure to
electrical harness connector terminal
1 Engine Ground
(GND)
– Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to ⇒ page 125 .

78 Rep. Gr.21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Turbocharger Recirculating


Valve -N249- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Mo‐
tronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- electrical harness
connector T121 terminal 105 for an open circuit.
Turbocharger Recirculating Motronic Engine Control Module
Valve -N249- electrical har‐ (ECM) -J220- electrical harness
ness connector terminal connector T121 terminal or test
box socket
2 105
Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.
If the specification is not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply
was OK:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to ⇒ page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to ⇒ page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to ⇒ page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

1.5 Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve


N75, Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J220- fuses OK.
• The Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- OK.

1. Turbocharger 79
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.


• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• On vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in po‐
sition “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.

Note

Voltage for the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75- is sup‐


plied by the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- .

Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to Fuel Injection
& Ignition, Repair Group 24.
Checking internal resistance
– Disconnect the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75-
electrical harness connector-2-.

– Using a multimeter , check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator


Valve -N75- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 25 to 35 Ω (at approx. 20° C)
If the specification was not obtained:
– Replace the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75- Refer
to Engine Mechanical, Repair Group 21, Turbocharger, G-
Charger.
If the specification is obtained:
Checking Voltage supply

80 Rep. Gr.21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator


Valve -N75- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground
(GND).
Wastegate Bypass Regulator Measure to
Valve -N75- electrical harness con‐
nector terminal
1 Engine Ground (GND)
– Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an
open circuit.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring:
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .

1. Turbocharger 81
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator


Valve -N75- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Mo‐
tronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- electrical harness
connector T121 terminal 104 for an open circuit.
Wastegate Bypass Regulator Motronic Engine Control Module
Valve -N75- electrical harness (ECM) -J220- electrical harness
connector terminal connector T121 terminal or test
box socket
2 104
Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.
If the specification is not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply
was OK:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

82 Rep. Gr.21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

2 Charge Air System


The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “2.1 General Information”, page 83 .
⇒ “2.2 Safety Precautions”, page 83 .
⇒ “2.3 Clean Working Conditions”, page 84 .
⇒ “2.4 Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31, Checking”, page 84 .

2.1 General Information


♦ Charge air system must be properly sealed.
♦ Always replace self-locking nuts.
♦ Charge air hoses and pipes as well as their connections must
be free of oil and grease before re-installation.
♦ Do not assemble charge air hoses and pipes with lubricants
containing oils, only coat with water (without additives) if nec‐
essary.
♦ Note installation marks on hoses and components.
♦ All hose connections for charge air system are secured by
spring-type clamps or by connector couplings.
♦ Install only approved clamps for securing hose connections ⇒
Electronic Parts Catalog“ETKA” .
♦ Spring Type Clip Pliers or Hose clamp pliers are recommen‐
ded for installing spring clamps.
♦ For connector couplings, always note the following points:
– Release connector coupling by pulling securing clip -arrow-.
– Disconnect the hose and line without the assistance of tools.
– When assembling, make sure the retaining tabs -A- are en‐
gaged securely.

2.2 Safety Precautions

Caution

Observe the following for all installations, especially in engine


compartment due to lack of room:
♦ Route lines of all types (e.g. for fuel, hydraulic, EVAP can‐
ister system, coolant and refrigerant, brake fluid, vacuum)
and electrical wiring so that the original path is followed.
♦ Watch for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot compo‐
nents.

2. Charge Air System 83


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

If special testing equipment is required during road test, note the


following:

WARNING

♦ Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat


and operated from there by a second person.
♦ If test and measuring equipment is operated from the pas‐
senger seat, the person seated there could be injured in the
event of an accident involving deployment of the passen‐
ger-side airbag.

Caution

The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials


to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibi‐
ted and may cause damage to the electrical harness connec‐
tors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the
manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test
lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors.

2.3 Clean Working Conditions


When working on turbocharger, carefully observe the following
Clean Working Conditions:
♦ Thoroughly clean all connections and the surrounding area
before disconnecting.
♦ Place parts that have been removed on a clean surface and
cover. Use lint-free cloths only!
♦ Carefully cover over opened components or seal, if repairs are
not carried out immediately.
♦ Only install clean components: Only unpack replacement
parts immediately prior to installation. Do not use parts that
have been stored loose (in tool boxes etc.)
♦ Transport and protective packaging and sealing caps are to
be removed only immediately prior to installation.
♦ During repairs, clean oil from connections and hose ends.
♦ When the system is open: Avoid working with compressed air
if possible. Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary.

2.4 Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31,


Checking

Note

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in har‐


ness connector of Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31- .

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J220- fuses OK.

84 Rep. Gr.21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.


• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• On vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in po‐
sition “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to Fuel Injection
& Ignition, Repair Group 24.
Test sequence
– Disconnect the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31- electrical
harness connector -2-.
– Start engine and let it run at idle.

– Using a multimeter , check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -


G31- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specified value: min. 4.5 V
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to ⇒ page 125 .

2. Charge Air System 85


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -


G31- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic
Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- electrical harness con‐
nector T121 terminals for an open circuit according to wiring
diagram.
Charge Air Pressure Sen‐ Motronic Engine Control Module
sor -G31- electrical har‐ (ECM) -J220- electrical harness
ness connector terminals connector T121 terminals or test
box sockets
3 98
4 101
Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply
was OK:
– Replace the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31- .
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

86 Rep. Gr.21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

24 – Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


1 Fuel Injection System, Servicing
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 87 .
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 88 .
⇒ “1.3 Technical Data”, page 88 .

For all Motronic fuel injection system component locations. Refer


to Fuel Injection & Ignition, Repair Group 24.
For all Motronic fuel injection system removal/installation proce‐
dures and torque specifications. Refer to Fuel Injection & Ignition,
Repair Group 24.
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede
any information included in this manual. Refer to ⇒ EBAHN-
Website .

Note

♦ All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may


contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may
be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are avail‐
able for purchase through VW. Refer to the ⇒ Tool catalog .
♦ Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that con‐
tain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced
in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or in‐
stallation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used,
an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same
manner as the manufacturers special tool.
♦ The manufacturers test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31-
is available for purchase or rental. Refer to the ⇒ Tool catalog .

1.1 Safety Precautions


To reduce the risk of personal injury and/or damage to the fuel
injection and ignition system. Note the following:

Caution

The fuel system is pressurized. Before loosening hose con‐


nections or opening the test connection (to measure fuel pres‐
sure), place a cloth around the connection. Then release
pressure by carefully loosening the connection.

♦ Always switch off ignition before disconnecting or connecting


lines of the fuel injection and ignition system, including test
leads.
♦ During some of the tests, a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
may be recognized and stored by the control module. At the
end of all tests and repairs, the DTC memory should be
checked and, if necessary, erased. After erasing the DTC
memory, a readiness code must be generated for the engine
control module.

1. Fuel Injection System, Servicing 87


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

♦ Always switch ignition off before cleaning engine.

Caution

♦ The battery must only be disconnected and connected with


the ignition switched off, since the Engine Control Module
(ECM) can otherwise be damaged.
♦ Observe procedures for disconnecting battery. Refer to
Electrical Equipment, Repair Group 27.

Observe the following if test and measuring instruments are re‐


quired during a test drive:

WARNING

♦ Test and measuring equipment must always be secured to


the rear seat and be operated from there by a second per‐
son.
♦ If test and measuring instruments are operated from the
front passenger's seat and the vehicle is involved in an ac‐
cident, there is a possibility that the person sitting in this
seat may receive serious injuries when the airbag is de‐
ployed.

Caution

The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials


to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibi‐
ted and may cause damage to the electrical harness connec‐
tors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the
manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test
lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors.

1.2 Clean Working Conditions


Even minor contaminations can lead to malfunctions in the fuel
injection system. When working on the fuel supply/injection sys‐
tem, pay careful attention to the following Clean Working Condi‐
tions:
♦ Thoroughly clean all unions and adjacent areas with engine or
brake cleaner and dry before disconnecting.
♦ Plug open lines and connections immediately with appropriate
protective caps.
♦ Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover. Use lint-
free cloths.
♦ Install clean components: Remove replacement parts imme‐
diately prior to installation. Do not use parts that have been
stored unpacked (e.g. in tool boxes etc.).
♦ When the system is open: Do not work with compressed air.
Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
♦ Separated electrical connectors: Protect from dirt and mois‐
ture. Make sure connections are dry when reconnecting.

1.3 Technical Data


Engine Code AWD AWP AWW
Idle speed (not adjustable)

88 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Engine Code AWD AWP AWW


Vehicles with manual transmis‐ 700–820 RPM 700–840 RPM 700–820 RPM
sion
Vehicles with automatic Trans‐ 640–760 RPM 640–760 RPM 640–760 RPM
mission
Engine Control Module (ECM)
System identification Motronic ME 7.5 Motronic ME 7.5 Motronic ME 7.5
Terminals at Engine Control 121 121 121
Module (ECM)
Replacement part number ⇒ ETKA (electronic ⇒ ETKA (electronic ⇒ ETKA (electronic
parts catalog) parts catalog) parts catalog)
Engine speed (RPM) limitation starting at approx. starting at approx. starting at approx.
6800 RPM 6800 RPM 6800 RPM

1. Fuel Injection System, Servicing 89


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

2 Components, Checking
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “2.1 Heated Oxygen Sensor G39 before Catalytic Converter, Checking Heater Circuit”, page 90 .
⇒ “2.2 Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter G130, Checking Heater Circuit”, page 93 .
⇒ “2.3 Mass Air Flow Sensor G70, Checking”, page 95 .
⇒ “2.4 Throttle Valve Control Module J338, Checking”, page 99 .
⇒ “2.5 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor G62, Checking”, page 103 .
⇒ “2.6 Intake Air Temperature Sensor G42, Checking”, page 107 .
⇒ “2.7 Engine Speed Sensor G28, Checking”, page 110 .
⇒ “2.8 Fuel Injectors N30, N31, N32, and N33, Checking”, page 114 .

2.1 Heated Oxygen Sensor G39 before Cat‐


alytic Converter, Checking Heater Cir‐
cuit

Note

When servicing terminals in harness connector of Heated Oxygen


Sensor (HO2S) -G39- , use only gold-plated terminals.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- fuse OK.
• The Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to Fuel Injection
& Ignition, Repair Group 24.

90 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Checking internal resistance


– Remove the protective cover -arrows- and disconnect the
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness con‐
nector.

– Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S)


-G39- terminals 3+4 for an open circuit.
Specified value: 2.5 to 10.0 Ω (at approx. 20° C)
If the specification was not obtained:
– Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- .
If the specification is obtained:
Checking voltage supply

– Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S)


-G39- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to ground (GND)
for voltage.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained:
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .

2. Components, Checking 91
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S)


-G39- electrical harness connector terminal 4 to the Motronic
Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- electrical harness con‐
nector T121 terminal 5 for an open circuit.
Heated Oxygen Sensor Motronic Engine Control Mod‐
(HO2S) -G39- electrical har‐ ule (ECM) -J220- electrical har‐
ness connector terminal ness connector T121 terminal or
test box socket
4 5
Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply
was OK:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

92 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

2.2 Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Convert‐


er G130, Checking Heater Circuit

Note

♦ Vehicle must be raised before electrical harness connector for


the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Con‐
verter (TWC) -G130- is accessible.
♦ When servicing terminals in harness connector of Oxygen
Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
-G130- , use only gold-plated terminals.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Con‐
verter (TWC) -G130- fuse OK.
• The Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
Checking internal resistance
– Remove the protective cover -arrows- and disconnect the
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter
(TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector.

2. Components, Checking 93
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind


Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical har‐
ness connector terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.0 to 20.0 Ω (at approx. 20° C)
If the specification was not obtained:
– Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Cata‐
lytic Converter (TWC) - G130- .
If the specification was obtained:
Checking voltage supply
– Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind
Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) - G130- electrical har‐
ness connector terminal 1 to ground (GND).
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained:
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .

94 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind


Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical har‐
ness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control
Module (ECM) -J220- electrical harness connector T121 ter‐
minal 63 for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Motronic Engine Control Mod‐
Three Way Catalytic Convert‐ ule (ECM) -J220- electrical har‐
er (TWC) - G130- electrical ness connector T121 terminal or
harness connector terminal test box socket
2 63
Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply
was OK:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

2.3 Mass Air Flow Sensor G70, Checking

Note

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in har‐


ness connector of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- .

2. Components, Checking 95
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- fuse OK.
• The Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
Function test
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start engine and let it run at idle.
– Using the scan tool, Check the air flow quantity of the Mass
Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- at idle:
Diagnostic text Specified value
Air flow quantity at Mass Air Flow
(MAF) sensor
• Engine running at idle 2.00 to 5.00 g/sec

– End diagnosis and switch ignition off.


If specified value is obtained, but DTC memory has a DTC con‐
cerning Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- :
– Check voltage supply of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70-
⇒ page 97 .
If specified value was not obtained:
– Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- electrical circuit
⇒ page 97 .

96 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Checking voltage supply


– Disconnect the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- electrical
harness connector -arrow-.
– Start the engine and let it run at idle.

– Using a multimeter , check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -


G70- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to engine Ground
(GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If specified value was not obtained:
– Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- electrical har‐
ness connector terminal 2 to the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17-
terminal 23/87 for an open circuit.
Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply
was OK:
Checking Ground (GND)

– Using a multimeter , check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -


G70- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to engine Ground
(GND) for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply
was OK:
Checking electrical circuit
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .

2. Components, Checking 97
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -


G70- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic
Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- electrical harness con‐
nector T121 for an open circuit.
Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor - Motronic Engine Control Mod‐
G70- electrical harness con‐ ule (ECM) -J220- electrical har‐
nector terminals ness connector T121 terminals
or test box socket
3 27
4 53
5 29
Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply
was OK:
– Replace Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- .
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

98 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

2.4 Throttle Valve Control Module J338,


Checking

Note

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in har‐


ness connector of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -J338- .

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J220- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Throttle valve must not be damaged or dirty.
• Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
Function
Throttle valve operation occurs by an electric motor ( Throttle
Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G186- ) in the Throttle
Valve Control Module - J338- . It is operated by the Motronic En‐
gine Control Module (ECM) -J220- and the Throttle Position (TP)
Sensor -G79- / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- .
The Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- is made up of the fol‐
lowing components:
♦ Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G186-
♦ Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control
(EPC)) -G187-
♦ Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 (for Electronic Power Control
(EPC)) -G188-
The Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- cannot be serviced
separately and must be serviced as a unit.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch ignition on.
– Using the scan tool, check the throttle valve position (absolute)
at idle stop:
Diagnostic text Specified value
Throttle valve position (absolute)

2. Components, Checking 99
Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Diagnostic text Specified value


• Idle stop 3.0 to 16.0%

– Slowly depress the accelerator pedal to Wide Open Throttle


(WOT) stop while observing the percentage display. The per‐
centage display must increase uniformly.
– Using the scan tool, check the throttle valve position (absolute)
at Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop:
Diagnostic text Specified value
Throttle valve position (absolute)
• Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop 84.0 to 93.0%

– End diagnosis and switch ignition off.


If the specified values are not obtained:
– Remove the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338 - far enough
so that the electrical connector terminals are reached.
– Disconnect the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- electrical
harness connector -arrow-.
Checking resistance

– Using a multimeter , check the Throttle Drive (for Electronic


Power Control (EPC)) -G186- at the Throttle Valve Control
Module -J338- terminals 3 to 5 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.0 to 5.0 Ω (at 20° C)
If the specification was not obtained:
– Replace the Throttle Valve Control Module - J338- .
If the specification was obtained:
– Check the voltage supply of the Throttle Valve Control Module
-J338- to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Checking voltage supply and wiring
– Switch the ignition on.

100 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the Throttle Drive (for Electronic


Power Control (EPC)) -G186- at the Throttle Valve Control
Module -J338- electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 6
for voltage.
Specified value: at least 4.5 V
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .

2. Components, Checking 101


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the Throttle Drive (for Electronic


Power Control (EPC)) -G186- at Throttle Valve Control Module
-J338- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic
Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- electrical harness con‐
nector T121 terminals for an open circuit according to the
wiring diagram.
Throttle Valve Control Motronic Engine Control Module
Module -J338- electrical (ECM) -J220- electrical harness
harness connector termi‐ connector T121 terminals or test
nals box socket
1 92
2 83
3 117
4 84
5 118
6 91
Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

102 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

2.5 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor


G62, Checking

WARNING

♦ Cooling system is under pressure.


♦ Danger of scalding when opening!

Note

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the


electrical harness connector of Engine Coolant Temperature
(ECT) Sensor -G62- .

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Multimeter .
♦ jumper wire .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J220- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
• Engine cold.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using the scan tool, check the coolant temperature:
Diagnostic text Specified value
Coolant temperature Approx. coolant temper‐
ature
If the specified value is not obtained:
– Continue test according to the following table:
Indicated Cause Test
approx. - Open circuit or short circuit ⇒ page 104
40.0° C to (B+)

2. Components, Checking 103


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Indicated Cause Test


approx. Short circuit to Ground ⇒ page 105
143.0° C (GND)
If the specified value was obtained:
– Start the engine and let it run at idle.
The temperature value must increase uniformly in increments of
1.0° C.
If the engine shows problems in certain temperature ranges and
if the temperature does not climb uniformly, the temperature sig‐
nal is intermittent.
– Replace the the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -
G62- Refer to Engine Mechanical, Repair Group 19, Engine
Cooling System.
Checking internal resistance
– Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -
G62- electrical harness connector -arrow-.

– Using a multimeter , check the Engine Coolant Temperature


(ECT) Sensor -G62- terminals C to D for resistance.
Use the chart below for the specified values:
♦ Area A: Resistance values 0 to 50° C.
♦ Area B: Resistance values 50 to 100° C.

Specified values:
♦ Range A, 30° C equals a resistance of 1.5 to 2.0 kΩ
♦ Range B, 80° C equals a resistance of 275 to 375Ω
If any of the specified values was not obtained:
– Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -
G62- Refer to Engine Mechanical, Repair Group 19, Engine
Cooling System.
Testing if display is approx. - 40.0° C

104 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -


G62- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
– Using a jumper wire , connect the Engine Coolant Tempera‐
ture (ECT) Sensor -G62- electrical harness connector termi‐
nals 3 to 4.

– Check the value indicated on the scan tool display.


If the value jumps to approx. 140.0° C
– End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
– Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -
G62- Refer to Engine Mechanical, Repair Group 19, Engine
Cooling System.
If indication remains at approx. -40.0° C:
Testing if display approx. 140.0° C

– Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -


G62- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
If indication jumps to approx. -40.0° C:
– End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
– Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -
G62- .
If indication remains at approx. 140.0° C:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

2. Components, Checking 105


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the Engine Coolant Temperature


(ECT) Sensor - G62- electrical harness connector terminals to
the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- electrical
harness connector T121 terminal 93 for an open circuit ac‐
cording to the wiring diagram.
Engine Coolant Tempera‐ Motronic Engine Control Module
ture (ECT) Sensor - G62- (ECM) -J220- electrical harness
electrical harness connec‐ connector T121 terminals or test
tor terminals box socket
3 93
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

106 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

2.6 Intake Air Temperature Sensor G42,


Checking

Note

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the


electrical harness connector of the Intake Air Temperature (IAT)
Sensor -G42- .

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
♦ Cool spray (commercially available).
Test requirements
• The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J220- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
Function test
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using the scan tool, check the intake air temperature:
Diagnostic text Specified value
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) approx. ambient air tem‐
perature
If the specified value is not obtained:
– Continue the test according to the following table:
Indicated Cause Test
approx. -40° C Open circuit or short cir‐ ⇒ page 108
cuit to (B+)
approx. 143° C Short circuit to Ground ⇒ page 109
(GND)
If the specified values are obtained:
– Remove the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- .

2. Components, Checking 107


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Spray the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- with a


commercially available cool spray while observing the tem‐
perature value on the scan tool.
The temperature value must decrease.
– End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the intake air temperature does not decrease:
– Replace the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- .
If the intake air temperature does decrease:
Checking internal resistance
– Disconnect the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42-
electrical harness connector -arrow-.

– Using a multimeter , check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT)


Sensor -G42- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Use the chart below for the specified values:
♦ Area A: Resistance values 0 to 50° C.
♦ Area B: Resistance values 50 to 100° C.

Specified values:
Read-out examples:
♦ Range A, 30° C equals a resistance of 1.5 to 2.0 kΩ
♦ Range B, 80° C equals a resistance of 275 to 375Ω
If any of the specified values are not obtained:
– Replace the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- .
Testing if display approx. -40° C or approx. -46° C:

108 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Disconnect the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42-


electrical harness connector -arrow-.
– Using a jumper wire , connect the Intake Air Temperature (IAT)
Sensor -G42- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2.

– Check the value indicated on the scan tool display.


If indication jumps to approx. 140° C:
– End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
– Replace the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- .
If indication remains at approx. -40° C or -46° C:
Testing if display approx. 140° C:

– Disconnect the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42-


electrical harness connector -arrow-.
If indication jumps to approx. -40° C or -46° C:
– End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
– Replace the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- .
If the indication remains at approx. 140° C:
Checking wiring
Add as a workstep to the procedure where required.
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .

2. Components, Checking 109


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT)


Sensor -G42- electrical harness connector terminals to the
Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- electrical har‐
ness connector T121 terminal 85 for an open circuit according
to the wiring diagram.
Intake Air Temperature Motronic Engine Control Module
(IAT) Sensor -G42- electri‐ (ECM) -J220- electrical harness
cal harness connector ter‐ connector T121 terminals or test
minals box socket
1 85
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

2.7 Engine Speed Sensor G28, Checking

Note

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the


electrical harness connector of the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor
-G28- .

110 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J220- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- detects RPM and refer‐
ence marks. Without an engine speed signal, the engine will not
start. If the engine speed signal fails while the engine is running,
the engine will stop immediately.
Function test
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using the scan tool, check the engine speed:
Diagnostic text Specified value
Engine rotations per minute (RPM) Idle speed
– End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained:
Checking internal resistance
– Disconnect the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- electrical
harness connector -1-.

2. Components, Checking 111


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -


G28- terminals 2 to 3 for resistance.
Specified value: 0.7 to 1000 kOhm
– Check Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- terminals 1 to 2 and
1 to 3 for short circuits.
Specified value: ∞ (infinity)
If any of the specified values are not obtained:
– Replace the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- .
If the specified values are obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .

112 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -


G28- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic
Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- electrical harness con‐
nector T121 terminals for an open circuit.
Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor - Motronic Engine Control
G28- electrical harness connector Module (ECM) -J220- elec‐
terminals trical harness connector
T121 terminals or test box
socket
1 108
2 90
3 82
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring:
– Remove the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- and check
the sensor wheel for proper seating, damage and run-out.
If the sensor wheel is OK:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

2. Components, Checking 113


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

2.8 Fuel Injectors N30, N31, N32, and N33,


Checking
The following test procedure is used to diagnose all fuel injectors.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Diode test lamp (12V) .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Fuel Injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33- fuses OK.
• The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- OK, checking
⇒ “2.7 Engine Speed Sensor G28, Checking”, page 110 .
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
– Observe Safety Precautions.
– Observe Clean Working Conditions.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the Fuel Injector electrical harness connectors
from Fuel Injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33- .
Checking internal resistance

114 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Fuel Injector electrical terminals


1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 12.0 to 20.0 Ω (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Replace the malfunctioning Fuel Injector Refer to Fuel Injec‐
tion & Ignition, Repair Group 24.
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking activation

– Connect a diode test lamp (12V) to the electrical harness con‐


nector terminals 1 and 2 of the Fuel Injector to be tested.
– Operate the starter and test the activation of the Fuel Injector .
LED should flicker.
– Switch the ignition off.
If LED does not flicker:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .

2. Components, Checking 115


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Injector electrical harness


connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module
(ECM) -J220- electrical harness connector T121 terminals for
an open circuit.
Component Fuel Injec‐ Motronic Engine
tor electri‐ Control Module
cal har‐ (ECM) -J220-
ness con‐ electrical har‐
nector ter‐ ness connector
minals T121 terminals
or test box sock‐
ets
Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector -N30- 2 96
Cylinder 2 Fuel Injector -N31- 2 89
Cylinder 3 Fuel Injector -N32- 2 97
Cylinder 4 Fuel Injector -N33- 2 88
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

116 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

3 Functions, Checking
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “3.1 Heated Oxygen Sensor G39 and Oxygen Sensor Regulation before Catalytic Converter, Checking”,
page 117 .
⇒ “3.2 Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic Converter G130, Checking”, page 120 .

3.1 Heated Oxygen Sensor G39 and Oxy‐


gen Sensor Regulation before Catalytic
Converter, Checking

Note

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the


electrical harness connector of the Heated Oxygen Sensor
(HO2S) -G39- .

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- fuse OK.
• The Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- heater circuit be‐
fore catalytic converter OK. Refer to ⇒ page 90 .
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head
properly sealed.
• Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
Function test
– Perform the function test in
⇒ “2.7 Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Oxygen Sensor Monitoring
Test Results”, page 7 and Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific
Diagnostic Functions”, page 10 .
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19

3. Functions, Checking 117


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Start diagnosis
Checking primary voltage
– Remove the protective cover -arrows- and disconnect the
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness con‐
nector.

– Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S)


-G39- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 5 for voltage.
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- .
If the specified value is obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .

118 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S)


-G39- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic
Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- electrical harness con‐
nector T121 terminals for an open circuit.
Heated Oxygen Sensor Motronic Engine Control Module
(HO2S) -G39- electrical (ECM) -J220- electrical harness con‐
harness connector ter‐ nector T121 terminals or test box sock‐
minals ets
1 70
2 71
5 51
6 52
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

3. Functions, Checking 119


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

3.2 Oxygen Sensor Heater after Catalytic


Converter G130, Checking

Note

♦ Vehicle must be raised before the electrical connector for the


Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter
(TWC) -G130- is accessible.
♦ When servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector
of the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic
Converter (TWC) -G130- , use only gold-plated terminals.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Con‐
verter (TWC) -G130- fuse Ok.
• Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter
(TWC) -G130- heater circuit OK. Refer to ⇒ page 93 .
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position
“P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head
properly sealed.
• Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
Function test
– Perform the function test in
⇒ “2.7 Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Oxygen Sensor Monitoring
Test Results”, page 7 and Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific
Diagnostic Functions”, page 10 .
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
– Remove the protective cover -arrows- and disconnect the
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness con‐
nector.
– Switch the ignition on.

120 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind


Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical har‐
ness connector terminals 3 to 4 for voltage.
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Cata‐
lytic Converter (TWC) - G130- .
If the specified value was not obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .

3. Functions, Checking 121


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind


Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) - G130- electrical har‐
ness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Mod‐
ule (ECM) -J220- electrical harness connector T121 terminals
for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Motronic Engine Control
Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) - Module (ECM) -J220-
G130- electrical harness connector electrical harness con‐
terminals nector T121 terminals or
test box sockets
3 68
4 69
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

122 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

4 Engine Control Module


The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “4.1 Function”, page 123
⇒ “4.2 Voltage Supply, Checking”, page 123
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”, page 125

4.1 Function
Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- regulates fuel in‐
jection, Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- , oxygen sensor
regulation, ignition, knock control, Evaporative Emission (EVAP)
Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- , engine speed limitation
through fuel injectors or Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- as well as
On Board Diagnostic (OBD).

4.2 Voltage Supply, Checking


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J220- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position
“P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power
Supply Relay -J271- .
Checking voltage
– Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17-
socket 16/MOT to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connections from the Battery to the Fuel
Pump (FP) Relay -J17- socket 17/30 for an open circuit or a
short circuit.
– Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

4. Engine Control Module 123


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

If the specified value was obtained:


– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17-
socket 19/15 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17-
socket 16/MOT to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM)
-J220- electrical harness connector T121 terminal 65 for re‐
sistance.
Motronic Engine Control Motronic Engine Control Module
Module (ECM) Power Supply (ECM) -J220- electrical harness
Relay -J271- socket terminal connector T121 terminal or test
box socket
16/MOT 65
Specified value: 2.0 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring:
Checking activation
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17-
socket 16/MOT to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM)
-J220- electrical harness connector T121 terminal 65 for volt‐
age.
Motronic Engine Control Motronic Engine Control Module
Module (ECM) Power Supply (ECM) -J220- electrical harness
Relay -J271- socket terminal connector T121 terminal or test
box socket
16/MOT 65
– Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: 0.5 V Max.
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power
Supply Relay -J271- . Refer to Fuel Injection & Ignition, Repair
Group 24.

124 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

If the specified value was not obtained:


– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was
OK:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to ⇒ page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220,


Replacing
Removing

Note

When the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- electri‐


cal harness connectors are disconnected, the adaptation values
are erased and the DTC memory content remains intact.

Work procedure
Check the identification of the previous Motronic Engine Control
Module (ECM) -J220- as follows:
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using the scan tool, select “Vehicle information”.
– Select “ Calibration Identification” in vehicle information.

4. Engine Control Module 125


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

The electronic control module identification number will be dis‐


played, e.g.: 06A906032NA 4983
– Record the electronic control module identification number.
– End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
Procedure
– Remove the windshield wiper arms.
– Remove the plenum chamber cover.
– Disconnect electrical harness connector from control module.
– Press control module to the right -arrow- and pull out.
Installation
Installation is performed in reverse order of removal. Note the fol‐
lowing:
The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- must be in‐
stalled with the protective housing.
Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- reprogramming
– The new Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- and immobil‐
izer must be activated. Refer to the ⇒ Ebahn website for ECM
and immobilizer activation instructions.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .

4.4 Fuel Pump Relay J17, Checking


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- fuses ok.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position
“P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19

126 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Start diagnosis
– Remove the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- .
Checking voltage
– Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17-
socket 17/30 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connections from the Battery to the Fuel
Pump (FP) Relay -J17- socket 17/30 for an open circuit or a
short circuit.
– Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking activation
– Install the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- .
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17-
socket 16/85 to Ground (GND)
– Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check or replace the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- .
– Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17-
socket 16/85 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -
J220- electrical harness connector T121 terminal 65 for
resistance.
Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- Motronic Engine Control Module
socket terminal (ECM) -J220- electrical harness
connector T121 terminal or test
box socket
16/85 65
Specified value: 2.0 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:

4. Engine Control Module 127


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

128 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

5 Additional Signals, Checking


The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “5.1 Speed Signal, Checking”, page 129
⇒ “5.2 CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking”, page 130

5.1 Speed Signal, Checking


The following procedure requires a test drive. Observe all Safety
Precautions. Refer to ⇒ page 88 .
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Speedometer -G21- OK.
• The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Function test
– Connect the scan tool.
– Perform a road test with a vehicle speed greater than 5 Km/h.
– Using the scan tool, Check the vehicle speed:
Diagnostic text Specified value
Vehicle Speed Approx. Vehicle Speed
– Compare the vehicle speed on the scan tool to the Speedom‐
eter -G21- .
Specified value: a difference of no greater than 10%.
If the specified value was not obtained or no speed was displayed:
– Check the wiring from the Motronic Engine Control Module
(ECM) -J220- to the Instrument Cluster Control Module -J285-
for an open circuit, Short to Battery (+), or to Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .

5. Additional Signals, Checking 129


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to


⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End of diagnosis.

5.2 CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Check‐


ing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirement
• A CAN-Bus malfunction was recognized.
• The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J220- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Function
The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- communi‐
cates with other CAN-Bus capable control modules.
The control modules are connected by two data bus wires which
are twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange
information (messages). Missing information on the CAN-bus is
recognized as a malfunction by the Motronic Engine Control Mod‐
ule (ECM) -J220- and the other control modules connected to the
CAN-bus.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-Bus requires that it have a ter‐
minal resistance. This central terminal resistance is located in the
Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Procedure
– Disconnect the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -
J533- electrical harness connector.

Note

The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- must remain


connected for the following step.

– Using a Multimeter , check the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic


Interface -J533- electrical harness connector terminals 20 to
19 for resistance.
Specified value: 60 to 72 Ω (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).

130 Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or


broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring:
– Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Using a Multimeter , check the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic
Interface -J533- electrical harness connector to the Motronic
Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- electrical harness con‐
nector T121 for resistance.
Data Bus On Board Diag‐ Motronic Engine Control Module
nostic Interface -J533- (ECM) -J220- electrical harness
electrical harness connec‐ connector T121 terminals or test
tor terminals box sockets
20 (Can_Bus Low) 58
19 (Can_Bus High) 60
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring:
– Replace the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- .
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

5. Additional Signals, Checking 131


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

26 – Exhaust System, Emission Controls


1 Exhaust System, Servicing
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “1.1 Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking”, page 132

For all Exhaust System, Emission control component locations.


Refer to Engine Mechanical, Repair Group 26.
For all Exhaust System, Emission control removal/installation
procedures and torque specifications. Refer to Engine Mechani‐
cal, Repair Group 26.
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede
any information included in this manual. Refer to ⇒ EBAHN-
Website .

Note

♦ All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may


contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may
be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are avail‐
able for purchase through VW. Refer to ⇒ Tool catalog .
♦ Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that con‐
tain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced
in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or in‐
stallation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used,
an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same
manner as the manufacturers special tool.

1.1 Three Way Catalytic Converter, Check‐


ing
Test requirements
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• Oxygen Sensors OK.
• No leaks or damage to exhaust system.
Function test
– Perform the function test in Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific
Diagnostic Functions”, page 10 .
– End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are exceeded:
– Check the exhaust system for leaks.
– If necessary, repair the leak in the exhaust system.
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
– Perform a road test to verify Repair.
If the DTC does not return:

132 Rep. Gr.26 - Exhaust System, Emission Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to


⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If no leaks are found in the exhaust system:
– Replace the catalytic converter including front exhaust pipe.
Refer to Engine Mechanical, Repair. Group. 26.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

1. Exhaust System, Servicing 133


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

2 Secondary Air Injection System


The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “2.1 Principle and Function”, page 134
⇒ “2.2 Combination Valve, Checking”, page 134
⇒ “2.3 Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve N112, Checking”, page 135
⇒ “2.4 Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay J299, Checking”, page 137
⇒ “2.5 Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor V101, Checking”, page 141

2.1 Principle and Function


Principle
Due to the rich mixture during the cold start phase, the exhaust
emissions contain an increased level of unburned hydrocarbons.
The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system improves the secon‐
dary oxidation within the catalytic converter, thereby reducing
harmful emissions. The heat released by secondary oxidation
shortens the startup time of the catalytic converter considerably,
as well as significantly improves emissions quality during the cold-
running phase.
Function
♦ During cold start (with coolant temperatures +15 to +35° C),
the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system blows air behind the
exhaust valve for approx. 65 seconds. This produces an oxy‐
gen rich exhaust gas, causes the after burning and reduces
the heating-up phase of the catalytic converter.
♦ In addition, the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system is switch‐
ed on with a delay of approx. 20 seconds during idle for 5
seconds after every subsequent engine start up to max. 80° C
coolant temperature and is checked via On Board Diagnostic
(OBD).

2.2 Combination Valve, Checking


The following procedure is used to test all combination valves.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Hand vacuum pump
Test conditions
• Vacuum lines and hose connections free of leaks.
• Vacuum lines not plugged.
Test sequence
– Remove the vacuum hose from the Secondary Air Injection
(AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- -2-.
– Connect hand vacuum pump -V.A.G 1390- to combination
valve vacuum connection -1-.
– Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection hose .

134 Rep. Gr.26 - Exhaust System, Emission Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Inject a light air pressure into the in Secondary Air Injection


hose to close the combination valve. (do not use compressed
air) -arrow-.
• The combination valve should close and seal. Air should not
be able to pass through the combination valve.
– Operate the hand vacuum pump.
• The combination valve should open. Air should be able to pass
through the combination valve.
If combination valve does not open:
– Replace the faulty combination valve .

2.3 Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve


N112, Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve --N112--
fuse OK.
• The Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- fuse OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
• All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT
run during test).
• A/C switched off.
• The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis

Note

Voltage is supplied to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid


Valve -N112- from the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- .

Procedure
– Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve
-N112- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
Checking internal resistance

2. Secondary Air Injection System 135


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR)


Solenoid Valve -N112- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 25 to 35 Ω (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -
N112- .
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking voltage supply
Switch the ignition on.

– Using a multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR)


Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical connector terminal 1 to
Ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .

136 Rep. Gr.26 - Exhaust System, Emission Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR)


Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminal
2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- elec‐
trical harness connector T121 terminal 9 for an open circuit.
Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Motronic Engine Control Module
Solenoid Valve -N112- elec‐ (ECM) -J220- electrical harness
trical harness connector ter‐ connector T121 terminal or test
minal box socket
2 9
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in
the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

2.4 Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay


J299, Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.

2. Secondary Air Injection System 137


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Test requirements
• The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay --J299-- fuses
OK.
• The Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- fuse OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
• All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT
run during test).
• A/C switched off.
• The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19

138 Rep. Gr.26 - Exhaust System, Emission Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Start diagnosis
– Remove the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay --
J299-- -1-.
Checking voltage
– Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR)
Pump Relay --J299-- socket 3 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connections from the Battery to the Secon‐
dary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay --J299-- socket 3 for an
open circuit or a short circuit.
– Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained:
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17-
socket 23/87 to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay
--J299-- socket 1/25 for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connections from the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay
-J17- socket 2/87 to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump
Relay --J299-- socket 3 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
– Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking activation
– Install the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay --J299-- .
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR)
Pump Relay --J299-- socket 2 to Ground (GND)
– Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check or replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Re‐
lay --J299-- .
– Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .

2. Secondary Air Injection System 139


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR)
Pump Relay --J299-- socket 4 to the Motronic Engine Control
Module (ECM) -J220- electrical harness connector T121 ter‐
minal 66 for resistance.
Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Motronic Engine Control Module
Pump Relay --J299-- socket (ECM) -J220- electrical harness
terminal connector T121 terminal or test
box socket
4 66
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was
OK:
– Replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay --
J299-- . Refer to Engine Mechanical, Repair Group 26, Ex‐
haust System, Emission Controls.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not
OK:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in
the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .

140 Rep. Gr.26 - Exhaust System, Emission Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.


Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

2.5 Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor


V101, Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay --J299-- fuses
OK.
• The Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- fuse OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
• All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT
run during test).
• A/C switched off.
• The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the secondary air injection hose -arrow-.
– Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor --
V101-- electrical harness connector.
Checking voltage
– Start engine momentarily.

– Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR)


Pump Motor --V101-- electrical harness connector terminals 1
to 2 for voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained:

2. Secondary Air Injection System 141


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR)


Pump Motor --V101-- electrical harness connector terminal 2
to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection from the Secondary Air Injection
(AIR) Pump Relay --J299-- terminal 2 to the Secondary Air
Injection (AIR) Pump Motor --V101-- electrical harness con‐
nector terminal 2 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
– Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking Ground (GND)

142 Rep. Gr.26 - Exhaust System, Emission Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR)


Pump Motor --V101-- electrical harness connector terminal 1
to Ground (GND) for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was
OK:
– Replace Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor --V101-- .
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in
the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

2. Secondary Air Injection System 143


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

28 – Ignition/Glow Plug System


1 Ignition System, Servicing
⇒ “1.1 Ignition System, General Information”, page 144
⇒ “1.2 Safety Precautions”, page 145
⇒ “1.3 Test Data, Spark Plugs”, page 145
⇒ “1.4 Camshaft Position Sensor G40, Engine Codes AWP and AWW, and Camshaft Position Sensor 2
G163, Engine Code AWD, Checking”, page 146
⇒ “1.5 Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205, Engine Code AWP, Checking”, page 148
⇒ “1.6 Knock Sensors G61 and G66, Checking”, page 151
⇒ “1.7 Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage, Checking”, page 154

1.1 Ignition System, General Information


For all Ignition/Glow plug system component locations. Refer to
Fuel Injection & Ignition, Repair Group 28.
For all Ignition/Glow plug system removal/installation procedures
and torque specifications. Refer to Fuel Injection & Ignition, Re‐
pair Group 28.
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede
any information included in this manual. Refer to ⇒ EBAHN-
Website .

Note

♦ All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may


contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may
be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are avail‐
able for purchase through VW. Refer to ⇒ Tool catalog .
♦ Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that con‐
tain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced
in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or in‐
stallation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used,
an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same
manner as the manufacturers special tool.
♦ The manufacturers test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31-
is available for purchase or rental. Refer to the ⇒ Tool catalog .

144 Rep. Gr.28 - Ignition/Glow Plug System


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

1.2 Safety Precautions

WARNING

Observe the following for all installations, especially in the en‐


gine compartment due to lack of room:
♦ Route lines of all types (e.g. for fuel, hydraulic, EVAP can‐
ister system, coolant and refrigerant, brake fluid, vacuum)
and electrical wiring so that the original path is followed.
♦ Watch for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot compo‐
nents.
♦ Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening system,
place rags around the connection point. Then release pres‐
sure by carefully loosening connection.
♦ Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat
and operated by a second person.
♦ Test and measuring equipment that is operated from the
passenger seat, the person seated could be injured in the
event of an accident involving deployment of the passen‐
ger-side airbag.
♦ Do not touch or disconnect ignition wires when engine is
running or turning at starting RPM.
♦ Only disconnect and reconnect wires for injection and igni‐
tion system, including test leads, if the ignition is turned off.

Caution

The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials


to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibi‐
ted and may cause damage to the electrical harness connec‐
tors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the
manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test
lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors.

If engine is to be cranked at starting RPM without starting, e.g. for


a compression test:
– Remove Fuse 6 (on fuse panel B) SB6 and Fuse 29 (on fuse
panel B) SB29 from the fuse holder, E-box, plenum chamber.
By removing Fuse 6 (on fuse panel B) SB6, voltage supply of
Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292-
is interrupted, that of Fuel Injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33- by
removing Fuse 29 (on fuse panel B) SB29.

1.3 Test Data, Spark Plugs


Engine code AWP, AWV, AWD (1.8L / 110 kW 5V-Turbo engine)
Engine Control Module Motronic ME 7.5
(ECM) System identification
Engine idle speed 640 to 800 RPM (not adjustable)
Engine speed (RPM) limita‐ Starting at approx. 6500 RPM
tion
Ignition sequence 1-3-4-2
Ignition timing Not adjustable, regulated by Electronic control module
Ignition system Single coil ignition system with 6 ignition coils (output stages integrated) that
are connected directly to spark plugs by the ignition cables.

1. Ignition System, Servicing 145


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Engine code AWP, AWV, AWD (1.8L / 110 kW 5V-Turbo engine)


Spark plugs 101 000 063
Manufacturer code PFR 6 Q
Spark plug gap Max. 0.8 mm
Tightening torque 30 Nm

1.4 Camshaft Position Sensor G40, Engine


Codes AWP and AWW, and Camshaft
Position Sensor 2 G163, Engine Code
AWD, Checking

Note

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in har‐


ness connector of Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- or
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 -G163- .

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J220- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- or
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 -G163- electrical harness
connector -1- AWD shown, AWP, AWW similar.
– Switch the ignition on.

146 Rep. Gr.28 - Ignition/Glow Plug System


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sen‐


sor -G40- or Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 -G163- elec‐
trical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specified value: about 5.0 V
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to ⇒ page 125 .

1. Ignition System, Servicing 147


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sen‐


sor -G40- electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine
Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T121 for
an open circuit.
Camshaft Position (CMP) Motronic Engine Control Module
Sensor -G40- electrical (ECM) electrical harness connector
harness connector termi‐ T121 terminals or test box sockets
nals
1 98
2 86
3 Ground (GND)
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was
OK:
– Replace the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- .
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

1.5 Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205,


Engine Code AWP, Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required

148 Rep. Gr.28 - Ignition/Glow Plug System


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- fuse OK.
• Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- OK, checking ⇒ Wiring diagrams,
Troubleshooting & Component locations.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to Fuel Injection
& Ignition, Repair Group 24.
– Disconnect Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- electrical
harness connector.
– Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1
-N205- for resistance.
Specified value: 10.0 to 18.0 Ω (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Replace the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- .
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking voltage
– Switch the ignition on.

1. Ignition System, Servicing 149


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1


-N205- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to ground
(GND) for voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .

150 Rep. Gr.28 - Ignition/Glow Plug System


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1


-N205- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic
Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector
T121 terminal 115 for an open circuit.
Camshaft Adjustment Valve Motronic Engine Control Module
1 -N205- electrical harness (ECM) electrical harness connec‐
connector terminal tor T121 terminal or test box socket
2 115
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

1.6 Knock Sensors G61 and G66, Checking


The following procedure is used to diagnose all Knock Sensors .
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The mounting bolt of Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- / Knock Sen‐
sor (KS) 2 -G66- tightened to 20 Nm.

1. Ignition System, Servicing 151


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

• The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J220- fuses OK.


• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis

Note

Before disconnecting the Knock Sensor electrical harness con‐


nectors, mark the component location.

– Disconnect the green Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- electrical


harness connector-1- or the gray Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66-
electrical harness connector -2-.
Checking internal resistance

– Using a Multimeter , check the Knock Sensor terminals 1 to 2


for an internal short.
Specified value: ∞ (Infinity).
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Replace the faulty Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- / Knock Sensor
(KS) 2 -G66- .
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .

152 Rep. Gr.28 - Ignition/Glow Plug System


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , Check the Knock Sensor electrical har‐


ness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM)
-J220- electrical harness connector T121 for an open circuit.
Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- Motronic Engine Control Module
electrical harness connec‐ (ECM) electrical harness connector
tor terminals T121 terminals or test box sockets
1 106
2 99

Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66- Motronic Engine Control Module


electrical harness connec‐ (ECM) electrical harness connector
tor terminals T121 terminals or test box sockets
1 107
2 99
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not
OK:
– Replace the faulty Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- / Knock Sensor
(KS) 2 -G66- .
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End of diagnosis.

1. Ignition System, Servicing 153


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

1.7 Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage,


Checking
The following procedure is used to diagnose all Ignition Coils with
Power Output Stage .
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Diode test lamp .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127,
N291, N292- fuses OK.
• The Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- OK.
• The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- OK,
⇒ “2.7 Engine Speed Sensor G28, Checking”, page 110 .
• The Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- OK,
⇒ “1.4 Camshaft Position Sensor G40, Engine Codes AWP
and AWW, and Camshaft Position Sensor 2 G163, Engine
Code AWD, Checking”, page 146 .
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Remove the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70,
N127, N291, N292- electrical harness screws .
– Disconnect the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70,
N127, N291, N292- electrical harness connectors from the Ig‐
nition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291,
N292- .
Checking voltage supply
– Switch the ignition on.

154 Rep. Gr.28 - Ignition/Glow Plug System


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , check the Ignition Coil electrical harness


connector terminals 1 to 4 for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the Ignition Coil electrical harness connector terminal
1 to the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- terminal 19/15 for an open
circuit.
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified values were obtained:
Checking activation

Caution

Do not touch the Ignition Coils connecting parts or adapter ca‐


bles during the following test.

– Disable the power supply to the Fuel Injectors -N30, N31, N32,
N33- by removing Fuse (on fuse panel) -S229- .

– Using a diode test lamp , check the Ignition Coil electrical har‐
ness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
– Operate the starter.
The LED should flicker.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the LED flickers and the voltage was OK:
– Replace the faulty Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -
N70, N127, N291, N292- .
If the LED does not flicker:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .

1. Ignition System, Servicing 155


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a Multimeter , Check the Ignition Coil electrical harness


connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -
J220- electrical harness connector T121 for an open circuit.
Ignition Coils with Power Motronic Engine Control Module
Output Stage - (ECM) electrical harness connector
N70,N127,N291,292- T121 terminal or test box socket
electrical harness con‐
nector terminal
N70/3 102
N127/3 95
N291/3 103
N292/3 94
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified values were obtained:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the MFI Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

156 Rep. Gr.28 - Ignition/Glow Plug System


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

38 – Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


1 Automatic Transmission 01M,
Checking Electrical Components
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “1.1 Multi-Function Transmission Range Switch F125, Checking”, page 158
⇒ “1.2 Transmission Vehicle Speed Sensor G38, Checking”, page 160
⇒ “1.3 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93, Checking”, page 162
⇒ “1.4 Valve Body Solenoid Valves, Checking”, page 164

For all Automatic Transmission- Gears, Hydraulic controls com‐


ponent locations. Refer to repair group 38.
For all Automatic Transmission- Gears, Hydraulic controls re‐
moval/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to
Refer to repair group 38.
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede
any information included in this manual. Refer to ⇒ EBAHN-
Website .

Note

♦ All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may


contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may
be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are avail‐
able for purchase through VW. Refer to ⇒ Tool catalog .
♦ Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that con‐
tain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced
in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or in‐
stallation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used,
an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same
manner as the manufacturers special tool.
♦ The manufacturers test box Adapter - 68 Pin -VAG1598/18- is
available for purchase or rental. Refer to the ⇒ Tool catalog .
♦ Certainly you have received an electrical shock once before
when touching something made out of metal. The reason for
this is the electrostatic charge of the human body. This charge
can lead to functional problems by touching the electrical com‐
ponents of the transmission and selector lever mechanism.
Touch a grounded object, e.g. a water pipe or a hoist, before
working on the electrical components!
♦ Do not make direct contact on electrical harness connector
terminals!
♦ If special testing equipment is required during road test, note
the following:

1. Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Electrical Components 157


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Safety Precautions

WARNING

Observe the following for all installations, especially in engine


compartment due to lack of room:
♦ Route lines of all types (e.g. for fuel, hydraulic, EVAP can‐
ister system, coolant and refrigerant, brake fluid, vacuum)
and electrical wiring so that the original path is followed.
♦ Watch for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot compo‐
nents.
♦ Shift selector lever into position -P- and engage parking
brake before working with the engine running.

WARNING

♦ Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat


and operated by a second person.
If test and measuring equipment is operated from the passen‐
ger seat, the person seated could be injured in the event of an
accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag.
The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials
to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibi‐
ted and may cause damage to the electrical harness connec‐
tors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the
manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test
lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors.

1.1 Multi-Function Transmission Range


Switch F125, Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram
Requirements
• Fuse -S15- OK.
• The Control Module with indicator unit in the Instrument Clus‐
ter Control Module -J285- must be OK.
• The selector lever cable adjustment OK.
• The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
• All electrical consumers must be switched off.
• The parking brake must be engaged.
• The selector lever must be in the “P” position.
• The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Switch the ignition on.

158 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Depress the brake pedal and maintain depressed.


– Shift the selector lever into all positions.
The selector lever position must correspond to the display of the
Control Module with the indicator unit in the Instrument Cluster
Control Module -J285- .
– Switch the ignition off.
If the selector lever position does not correspond to the display of
the Control Module with indicator unit in the Instrument Cluster
Control Module -J285- :
– Disconnect the Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR)
Switch -F125- electrical harness connector.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
– Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK:
Checking voltage
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a multimeter , check the Multi-Function Transmission
Range (TR) Switch -F125- electrical harness connector T8
terminal 7 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
Specified value, Battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring from the Multi-Function Transmission Range
(TR) Switch -F125- electrical harness connector terminal 7 to
the plus connection 15 for an open circuit, short to ground
(GND) or a short to Battery (+).
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to repair group 38.

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

1. Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Electrical Components 159


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Multi-Function Transmission


Range (TR) Switch -F125- electrical harness connector ter‐
minals to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- elec‐
trical harness connector T68 terminals for an open circuit.
Multi-Function Transmission Transmission Control Module
Range (TR) Switch -F125- (TCM) -J217- electrical harness
electrical harness connector connector T68 terminals or test
terminals box sockets
1 63
2 40
3 Ground (GND)
5 18
6 62
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction was found in the wiring and the resistance was
not OK:
– Check the Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch -
F125- . Refer to repair group 38.
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, Repair Group 37.
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

1.2 Transmission Vehicle Speed Sensor


G38, Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram

160 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Requirements
• The Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- fuse OK.
• The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
• All electrical consumers must be switched off.
• The parking brake must be engaged.
• The elector lever must be in the “P” position.
• The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the Transmission Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) -
G38- electrical harness connector.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
– Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to .

1. Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Electrical Components 161


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Transmission Vehicle Speed


Sensor (VSS) -G38- electrical harness connector terminals to
the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- electrical har‐
ness connector T68 terminals for an open circuit.
Transmission Vehicle Speed Transmission Control Module
Sensor (VSS) -G38- electri‐ (TCM) -J217- electrical harness
cal harness connector termi‐ connector T68 terminals or test
nal box sockets
1 66
2 21
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not
OK:
– Replace the Transmission Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) -
G38- . Refer to repair group 38.
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, Repair Group 37.
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

1.3 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sen‐


sor G93, Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram
Requirements
• The Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor -G93- fuse OK.
• The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.

162 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

• All electrical consumers must be switched off.


• The parking brake must be engaged.
• The elector lever must be in the “P” position.
• The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor -
G93- electrical harness connector.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
– Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK:
Checking resistance

– Using a multimeter , check the Transmission Fluid Tempera‐


ture Sensor -G93- terminals 10 to 12 for resistance.
ATF Temperature Specified Values
Approx. - 30° C 37.0 - 51.0 KΩ
Approx. 10° C 5 - 8 KΩ
Approx. 25° C 3.0 - 5.0 KΩ
Approx. 110° C 230.0 - 265.0 KΩ
Approx. 145° C 100.0 - 120.0 KΩ
If any of the specified values are not obtained:
– Replace the Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor -G93- .
Refer to repair group 38.
If the specified values are obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, Repair Group 37.

1. Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Electrical Components 163


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Transmission Fluid Tempera‐


ture Sensor -G93- electrical harness connector terminals to
the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- electrical har‐
ness connector T68 terminals for an open circuit.
Transmission Fluid Tempera‐ Transmission Control Module
ture Sensor -G93- electrical (TCM) -J217- electrical harness
harness connector terminal connector T68 terminals or test
box sockets
10 10
12 6
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not
OK:
– Replace the Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor -G93- .
Refer to repair group 38.
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, Repair Group 37.
Final procedures
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

1.4 Valve Body Solenoid Valves, Checking


This procedure is used to diagnose all Solenoid Valves in the
valve body.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram
Requirements
• The Solenoid Valve fuses OK.
• The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.

164 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

• All electrical consumers must be switched off.


• The parking brake must be engaged.
• The elector lever must be in the “P” position.
• The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the Solenoid Valve electrical harness connector.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
– Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK:
Checking resistance

– Using a multimeter , check the Solenoid Valve electrical har‐


ness connector terminals at the Solenoid Valve electrical har‐
ness connector for resistance.
Solenoid Valve Electrical Harness Specified Value
Connector Terminal (Approx. 20° C)
Solenoid Valve 1 - 1 to 3 55.0 - 65.0 Ω
N88-
Solenoid Valve 2 - 1 to 4 55.0 - 65.0 Ω
N89-
Solenoid Valve 3 - 1 to 5 55.0 - 65.0 Ω
N90-
Solenoid Valve 4 - 1 to 6 4.5 - 6.5 Ω
N91-
Solenoid Valve 5 - 1 to 7 55.0 - 65.0 Ω
N92-
Solenoid Valve 6 - 8 to 2 4.5 - 6.5 Ω
N93-
Solenoid Valve 7 - 1 to 10 55.0 - 65.0 Ω
N94-
If any of the specified values are not obtained:
– Replace the faulty Solenoid Valve . Refer to repair group 38.
If the specified values are obtained:
Checking wiring
– Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, Repair Group 37.
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.

1. Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Electrical Components 165


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Solenoid Valve electrical har‐


ness connector terminals to the Transmission Control Module
(TCM) -J217- electrical harness connector T68 terminals for
an open circuit.
Solenoid Valve Electrical Har‐ Transmission Control
ness Connector Module (TCM) -J217-
Terminal electrical connector
T68 terminals or test
box sockets
Solenoid Valve 1 - 1 67
N88- 3 55
Solenoid Valve 2 - 1 67
N89- 4 54
Solenoid Valve 3 - 1 67
N90- 5 9
Solenoid Valve 4 - 1 67
N91- 6 47
Solenoid Valve 5 - 1 67
N92- 7 56
Solenoid Valve 6 - 2 22
N93- 8 58
Solenoid Valve 7 - 1 67
N94- 10 10
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not
OK:
– Replace the faulty Solenoid Valve . Refer to repair group 38.
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, Repair Group 37.
Final procedures
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .

166 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

End diagnosis

1.5 Automatic Transmission 09A with Tip‐


tronic, Checking Electrical Components
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “1.5.1 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93, Checking”, page 168
⇒ “1.5.2 Multi-Function Transmission Range Switch F125, Checking”, page 170
⇒ “1.5.3 Transmission Input Speed Sensor G182, Checking”, page 173
⇒ “1.5.4 Intermediate Shaft Speed Sensor G265, Checking”, page 175
⇒ “1.5.5 Vehicle Speed Sensor G68, Checking”, page 177
⇒ “1.5.6 Valve Body Solenoid Valves, Checking”, page 179

For all Automatic Transmission- Gears, Hydraulic controls com‐


ponent locations. Refer to repair group 38.
For all Automatic Transmission- Gears, Hydraulic controls re‐
moval/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to
repair group 38.
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede
any information included in this manual. Refer to ⇒ EBAHN-
Website .

Note

♦ All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may


contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may
be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are avail‐
able for purchase through VW. Refer to ⇒ Tool catalog .
♦ Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that con‐
tain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced
in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or in‐
stallation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used,
an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same
manner as the manufacturers special tool.
♦ The manufacturers test box Adapter F/VAG1598 (68 Pin) -
VAG1598/22- is available for purchase or rental. Refer to the
⇒ Tool catalog .
♦ Certainly you have received an electrical shock once before
when touching something made out of metal. The reason for
this is the electrostatic charge of the human body. This charge
can lead to functional problems by touching the electrical com‐
ponents of the transmission and selector lever mechanism.
Touch a grounded object, e.g. a water pipe or a hoist, before
working on the electrical components!
♦ Do not make direct contact on electrical harness connector
terminals!
♦ If special testing equipment is required during road test, note
the following:

1. Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Electrical Components 167


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Safety Precautions

Caution

Observe the following for all installations, especially in engine


compartment due to lack of room:
♦ Route lines of all types (e.g. for fuel, hydraulic, EVAP can‐
ister system, coolant and refrigerant, brake fluid, vacuum)
and electrical wiring so that the original path is followed.
♦ Watch for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot compo‐
nents.
♦ Shift selector lever into position -P- and engage parking
brake before working with the engine running.

WARNING

♦ Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat


and operated by a second person.
If test and measuring equipment is operated from the passen‐
ger seat, the person seated could be injured in the event of an
accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag.
The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials
to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibi‐
ted and may cause damage to the electrical harness connec‐
tors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the
manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test
lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors.

1.5.1 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sen‐


sor G93, Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram
Requirements
• The Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor -G93- fuse OK.
• The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
• All electrical consumers must be switched off.
• The parking brake must be engaged.
• The elector lever must be in the “P” position.
• The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19

168 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor -
G93- electrical harness connector -2-.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
– Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK:
Checking resistance
– Using a multimeter , check the Transmission Fluid Tempera‐
ture Sensor -G93- terminals 7 to 8 for resistance.
ATF Temperature Specified Values
Approx. - 30° C 37.0 - 51.0 KΩ
Approx. 10° C 5 - 8 KΩ
Approx. 25° C 3.0 - 5.0 KΩ
Approx. 110° C 230.0 - 265.0 KΩ
Approx. 145° C 100.0 - 120.0 KΩ
If any of the specified values are not obtained:
– Replace the Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor -G93- .
Refer to repair group 38.
If the specified values are obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to .
– Using a multimeter , check the Transmission Fluid Tempera‐
ture Sensor -G93- electrical harness connector terminals to
the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- electrical har‐
ness connector T52 terminals for an open circuit.
Transmission Fluid Tempera‐ Transmission Control Module
ture Sensor -G93- electrical (TCM) -J217- electrical harness
harness connector terminal connector T68a terminals or test
box sockets
7 33
8 34
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not
OK:

1. Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Electrical Components 169


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Replace the Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor -G93- .


Refer to repair group 38.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A, Repair Group 37.
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

1.5.2 Multi-Function Transmission Range


Switch F125, Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram
Requirements
• Fuse -S7- OK.
• The Control Module with indicator unit in the Instrument Clus‐
ter Control Module -J285- must be OK.
• The selector lever cable adjustment OK.
• The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
• All electrical consumers must be switched off.
• The parking brake must be engaged.
• The selector lever must be in the “P” position.
• The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Switch the ignition on.
– Depress the brake pedal and maintain depressed.
– Shift the selector lever into all positions.

170 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

The selector lever position must correspond to the display of the


Control Module with the indicator unit in the Instrument Cluster
Control Module -J285- .
– Switch the ignition off.
If the selector lever position does not correspond to the display of
the Control Module with indicator unit in the Instrument Cluster
Control Module -J285- :

1. Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Electrical Components 171


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Disconnect the Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR)


Switch -F125- electrical harness connector -2-.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
– Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK:
Checking voltage
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a multimeter , check the Multi-Function Transmission
Range (TR) Switch -F125- electrical harness connector T8
terminal 6 to Ground (GND) connection in center plenum
chamber for voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
Specified value, Battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring from the Multi-Function Transmission Range
(TR) Switch -F125- electrical harness connector T8 terminal 3
to the Fuse (on fuse panel) -S231- for an open circuit, short to
ground (GND) or a short to Battery (+).
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to repair group 38.
– Using a multimeter , check the Multi-Function Transmission
Range (TR) Switch -F125- electrical harness connector ter‐
minals to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- elec‐
trical harness connector T68a terminals for an open circuit.
Multi-Function Transmission Transmission Control Module
Range (TR) Switch -F125- (TCM) -J217- electrical harness
electrical harness connector connector T68a terminals or test
terminals box sockets
2 40
4 41
5 18
7 19
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

172 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

If no malfunction was found in the wiring and the resistance was


not OK:
– Check the Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch -
F125- . Refer to repair group 38.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A, Repair Group 37.
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

1.5.3 Transmission Input Speed Sensor


G182, Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram
Requirements
• The Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor -G182- fuse
OK.
• The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
• All electrical consumers must be switched off.
• The parking brake must be engaged.
• The elector lever must be in the “P” position.
• The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19

1. Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Electrical Components 173


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor -
G182- electrical harness connector -2-.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
– Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A, Repair Group 37.

174 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Transmission Input Speed


(RPM) Sensor -G182- electrical harness connector terminals
to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- electrical
harness connector T68a terminals for an open circuit.
Transmission Input Speed Transmission Control Module
(RPM) Sensor -G182- electri‐ (TCM) -J217- electrical harness
cal harness connector termi‐ connector T68a terminals or test
nal box sockets
1 10
2 9
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not
OK:
– Replace the Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor -
G182- . Refer to repair group 38.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor -G182- was
OK:
– Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A, Repair Group 37.
Final procedures
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

1.5.4 Intermediate Shaft Speed Sensor G265,


Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram
Requirements
• The Intermediate Shaft Speed Sensor -G265- fuse OK.

1. Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Electrical Components 175


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

• The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.


• All electrical consumers must be switched off.
• The parking brake must be engaged.
• The elector lever must be in the “P” position.
• The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the Intermediate Shaft Speed Sensor -G265- elec‐
trical harness connector -2-.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
– Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A, Repair Group 37.

176 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Using a multimeter , check the Intermediate Shaft Speed Sen‐


sor -G265- electrical harness connector terminals to the
Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- electrical harness
connector T68a terminals for an open circuit.
Intermediate Shaft Speed Transmission Control Module
Sensor -G265- electrical har‐ (TCM) -J217- electrical harness
ness connector terminal connector T68a terminals or test
box sockets
3 28
4 29
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not
OK:
– Replace the Intermediate Shaft Speed Sensor -G265- . Refer
to repair group 38.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the Intermediate Shaft Speed Sensor -G265- was OK:
– Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A, Repair Group 37.
Final procedures
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

1.5.5 Vehicle Speed Sensor G68, Checking


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram
Requirements
• The Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) -G68- fuse OK.
• The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
• All electrical consumers must be switched off.

1. Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Electrical Components 177


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

• The parking brake must be engaged.


• The elector lever must be in the “P” position.
• The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) -G68- electrical
harness connector.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
– Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A, Repair Group 37.
– Using a multimeter , check the Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) -
G68- electrical harness connector terminals to the Transmis‐
sion Control Module (TCM) -J217- electrical harness connec‐
tor T68a terminals for an open circuit.
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Transmission Control Module
-G68- electrical harness con‐ (TCM) -J217- electrical harness
nector terminal connector T68a terminals or test
box sockets
5 36
6 35
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specification was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not
OK:
– Replace the Transmission Output Speed (RPM) Sensor -
G195- . Refer to repair group 38.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:

178 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to


⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the Transmission Output Speed (RPM) Sensor -G195- was
OK:
– Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A, Repair Group 37.
Final procedures
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

1.5.6 Valve Body Solenoid Valves, Checking


This procedure is used to diagnose all Solenoid Valves in the
valve body.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram
Requirements
• The Solenoid Valve fuses OK.
• The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
• All electrical consumers must be switched off.
• The parking brake must be engaged.
• The elector lever must be in the “P” position.
• The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19

1. Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Electrical Components 179


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the Solenoid Valve electrical harness connector
-2-.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
– Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK:
Checking resistance
– Using a multimeter , check the Solenoid Valve electrical har‐
ness connector terminals for resistance.
Solenoid Valve Electrical Harness Specified Value
Connector Terminal (Approx. 20° C)
Solenoid Valve 1 - 9 to 18 10.0 - 16.0 Ω
N88-
Solenoid Valve 2 - 10 to 18 10.0 - 16.0 Ω
N89-
Solenoid Valve 3 - 12 to 18 4.0 - 8.0 Ω
N90-
Solenoid Valve 4 - 17 to 18 4.0 - 8.0 Ω
N91-
Solenoid Valve 5 - 11 to 18 4.0 - 8.0 Ω
N92-
Solenoid Valve 6 - 15 to 18 4.0 - 8.0 Ω
N93-
Solenoid Valve 8 - 14 to 18 4.0 - 8.0 Ω
N281-
Solenoid Valve 9 - 13 to 18 4.0 - 8.0 Ω
N282-
Solenoid Valve 10 - 16 to 18 4.0 - 8.0 Ω
N283-
If any of the specified values are not obtained:
– Replace the faulty Solenoid Valve . Refer to repair group 38.
If the specified values are obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to .
– Using a multimeter , check the Solenoid Valve electrical har‐
ness connector terminals to the Transmission Control Module
(TCM) -J217- electrical harness connector T52 terminals for
an open circuit.

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

180 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

Solenoid Valve Electrical Har‐ Transmission Control


ness Connector Module (TCM) -J217-
Terminal electrical connector
T68a terminals or test
box sockets
Solenoid Valve 1 - 9 48
N88-
Solenoid Valve 2 - 10 49
N89-
Solenoid Valve 3 - 12 26
N90-
Solenoid Valve 4 - 17 25
N91-
Solenoid Valve 5 - 11 50
N92-
Solenoid Valve 6 - 15 66
N93-
Solenoid Valve 8 - 14 46
N281-
Solenoid Valve 9 - 13 51
N282-
Solenoid Valve 10 - 16 65
N283-
Ground (GND) 18 64
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
and Ground (GND).
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not
OK:
– Replace the faulty Solenoid Valve . Refer to repair group 38.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the Solenoid Valve was OK:
– Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A, Repair Group 37.
Final procedures
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .

1. Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Electrical Components 181


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

End diagnosis

182 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

2 Transmission Control Module J217


The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “2.1 Function”, page 183
⇒ “2.2 Transmission Control Module, Automatic Transmission 01M, Checking Voltage Supply”, page 183
⇒ “2.3 Transmission Control Module, Automatic Transmission 09A, Checking Voltage Supply”, page 185
⇒ “2.4 Transmission Control Module J217, Automatic Transmission 01M, Replacing”, page 187
⇒ “2.5 Transmission Control Module J217, Automatic Transmission 09A, Replacing”, page 188

2.1 Function
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- receives infor‐
mation from the components that affect the shifts and forwards
this information to the pressure regulator valves of the valve body,
which control the slide valves in the valve body.

2.2 Transmission Control Module, Automat‐


ic Transmission 01M, Checking Voltage
Supply
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Requirements
• Fuse -S231- OK.
• The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 volts.
• The Ground (GND) connections at the transmission OK.
• The parking brake engaged.
• The selector lever of automatic transmission in position “P”.
• All electrical consumers switched off.
• The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Remove the wiper arms and wind cowl.
– Disconnect the electrical harness connector in the direction of
the arrow.

2. Transmission Control Module J217 183


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Remove the mounting bolts -arrows-


– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
– Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK:
Checking voltage
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module
(TCM) -J217- electrical harness connector T68 terminal 45 to
Ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring from the Transmission Control Module
(TCM) -J217- electrical harness connector T68 terminal 45 to
the Ignition/Starter Switch -D- for an open circuit or a short
circuit.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking Ground (GND)
– Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module
(TCM) -J217- electrical harness connector T68 terminal 1 to
Ground (GND) for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 Ω
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to
⇒ “2.4 Transmission Control Module J217, Automatic Trans‐
mission 01M, Replacing”, page 187 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

184 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

2.3 Transmission Control Module, Automat‐


ic Transmission 09A, Checking Voltage
Supply
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Requirements
• Fuse -S231- OK.
• The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 volts.
• The Ground (GND) connections at the transmission OK.
• The parking brake engaged.
• The selector lever of automatic transmission in position “P”.
• All electrical consumers switched off.
• The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a Preliminary Check to verify the customers com‐
plaint. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 19
Start diagnosis
– Remove the wiper arms and wind cowl.
– Disconnect the electrical harness connector in the direction of
the arrow.

2. Transmission Control Module J217 185


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Remove the mounting bolts -arrows-


– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
lose or broken terminals.
– Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
– Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK:
Checking voltage
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module
(TCM) -J217- electrical harness connector T68a terminal 22
to Ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring from the Transmission Control Module
(TCM) -J217- electrical harness connector T68a terminal 22
to the Ignition/Starter Switch -D- for an open circuit or a short
circuit.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking Ground (GND)
– Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module
(TCM) -J217- electrical harness connector T68a terminal 1 to
Ground (GND) for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 Ω
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐
fer to
⇒ “2.4 Transmission Control Module J217, Automatic Trans‐
mission 01M, Replacing”, page 187 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

186 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

2.4 Transmission Control Module J217, Au‐


tomatic Transmission 01M, Replacing

Note

♦ To achieve optimal anti-theft protection for the vehicle, an anti-


theft immobilizer was installed. The anti-theft immobilizer is a
system for enabling/locking the Transmission Control Module
(TCM) -J217- .
♦ To perform adaptation of the anti-theft immobilizer. Refer to
the Ebahn website.

Procedure
Check the identification of the previous Transmission Control
Module (TCM) -J217- as follows:
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Select “Diagnostic mode 9: Vehicle information.”
– Select the“Test-ID 04: Calibration identification”.
– The Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- identification
will be displayed, e.g.: 09G27750 L 0301
– End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
Removal
– Remove the wiper arms and wind cowl.
– Disconnect the electrical harness connector in the direction of
the arrow.

2. Transmission Control Module J217 187


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Remove the mounting bolts -arrows-


Installation
– Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal. note
the following:
– Check the identification of the new Transmission Control Mod‐
ule (TCM) -J217- to ensure it matches the old Transmission
Control Module (TCM) -J217- .
– Code the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- .
Final procedures
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

2.5 Transmission Control Module J217, Au‐


tomatic Transmission 09A, Replacing

Note

♦ To achieve optimal anti-theft protection for the vehicle, an anti-


theft immobilizer was installed. The anti-theft immobilizer is a
system for enabling/locking the Transmission Control Module
(TCM) -J217- .
♦ To perform adaptation of the anti-theft immobilizer. Refer to
the Ebahn website.

Procedure
Check the identification of the previous Transmission Control
Module (TCM) -J217- as follows:
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Select “Diagnostic mode 9: Vehicle information.”
– Select the“Test-ID 04: Calibration identification”.
– The Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- identification
will be displayed, e.g.: 09G27750 L 0301
– End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
Removal
– Remove the wiper arms and wind cowl.

188 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Disconnect the electrical harness connector in the direction of


the arrow.

– Remove the mounting bolts -arrows-


Installation
– Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal. note
the following:
– Check the identification of the new Transmission Control Mod‐
ule (TCM) -J217- to ensure it matches the old Transmission
Control Module (TCM) -J217- .
– Code the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- .
Final procedures
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .

2. Transmission Control Module J217 189


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

3 Automatic Transmission, Additional


Signals, Checking
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
⇒ “3.1.1 Transmission Control Module J217 CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Automatic Transmission 01M,
Checking”, page 190
⇒ “3.1.2 Transmission Control Module J217 CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Automatic Transmission 09A,
Checking”, page 193

3.1 Transmission Control Module J217


CAN-Bus, Terminal Resistance, Check‐
ing

3.1.1 Transmission Control Module J217


CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Auto‐
matic Transmission 01M, Checking
The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- communi‐
cates with all databus capable control modules via a CAN data‐
bus.
These databus capable control modules are connected via two
data bus wires which are twisted together (CAN_High and
CAN_Low), and exchange information (messages). Missing in‐
formation on the databus is recognized as a malfunction and
stored.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-bus requires that it have a ter‐
minal resistance. The central terminal resistor is located in the
Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirement
• A CAN-Bus malfunction was recognized.
• The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
• Ignition switched off.
Removal
– Remove the wiper arms and wind cowl.

190 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Disconnect the electrical harness connector in the direction of


the arrow.

3. Automatic Transmission, Additional Signals, Checking 191


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Remove the mounting bolts -arrows-

Note

The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- must remain connected


for the following step.

– Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module


(TCM) -J217- electrical harness connector T68 terminals 3 to
25 for resistance.
Specified value: 60 to 72 Ω (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring:
– Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module
(TCM) -J217- electrical harness connector to the Engine Con‐
trol Module (ECM) -J220- electrical harness connector T94 for
resistance.
Transmission Control Mod‐ Engine Control Module (ECM) -
ule (TCM) -J217- electrical J220- electrical harness connector
harness connector termi‐ T68 terminals or test box sockets
nals
3 (Can_Bus Low) 58
25 (Can_Bus High) 60
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring:

192 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐


fer to
⇒ “2.4 Transmission Control Module J217, Automatic Trans‐
mission 01M, Replacing”, page 187 .
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

3.1.2 Transmission Control Module J217


CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Auto‐
matic Transmission 09A, Checking
The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- communi‐
cates with all databus capable control modules via a CAN data‐
bus.
These databus capable control modules are connected via two
data bus wires which are twisted together (CAN_High and
CAN_Low), and exchange information (messages). Missing in‐
formation on the databus is recognized as a malfunction and
stored.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-bus requires that it have a ter‐
minal resistance. The central terminal resistor is located in the
Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirement
• A CAN-Bus malfunction was recognized.
• The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
• Ignition switched off.
Removal
– Remove the wiper arms and wind cowl.
– Disconnect the electrical harness connector in the direction of
the arrow.

3. Automatic Transmission, Additional Signals, Checking 193


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Remove the mounting bolts -arrows-

Note

The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- must remain connected


for the following step.

– Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module


(TCM) -J217- electrical harness connector T68a terminals 16
to 15 for resistance.
Specified value: 60 to 72 Ω (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring:
– Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- . Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box Test Box 105 Pin -VAG1598/31- .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- .
Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220, Replacing”,
page 125 .
– Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module
(TCM) -J217- electrical harness connector to the Engine Con‐
trol Module (ECM) -J220- electrical harness connector T94 for
resistance.
Transmission Control Mod‐ Engine Control Module (ECM) -
ule (TCM) -J217- electrical J220- electrical harness connector
harness connector termi‐ T121 terminals or test box sockets
nals
16 (Can_Bus Low) 58
15 (Can_Bus High) 60
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring:

194 Rep. Gr.38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls


Golf, GTI, Jetta 2000–2006 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 09.06

– Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- . Re‐


fer to
⇒ “2.5 Transmission Control Module J217, Automatic Trans‐
mission 09A, Replacing”, page 188 .
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 20 .
End diagnosis

3. Automatic Transmission, Additional Signals, Checking 195

You might also like